PÀ£ÀßqÀKANNADA
A SELF INSTRUCTIONAL COURSE
LINGADEVARU HALEMANE
KARNATAKA GOVERNMENT
KANNADA DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITYBENGALURU
CzsÀåPÀëgÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄ
`PÀ£ÀßqÀ dUÀvÀÛ'£ÀÄß PÀ£ÀßqÀ £Ár£À°è PÁt¨ÉÃPÁzÀ vÀÄvÀÄð EA¢£ÀzÁVzÉ. F
£Ár£À°è ««zsÀ ªÀiÁvÀȨsÁµÉUÀ¼À£ÁßqÀĪÀ d£ÀgÀÄ zÉÆqÀØ ¥ÀæªÀiÁtzÀ°èzÁÝgÉ.
CªÀgÉ®ègÀÆ PÀ£ÀßrUÀgÉà DVzÁÝgÉA§ÄzÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä £ÀA©PÉ. CªÀgÀ ªÀiÁvÀȨsÁµÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
£ÁªÀÅ zÉéö¸ÀĪÀÅ¢®è; DzÀgÉ F £É®zÀ°è C£Àß-D±ÀæAiÀÄ ¥ÀqÉzÀ ªÉÄïÉ, E°èAiÀÄ
¤ÃgÀÄ-£É®zÀ IÄtªÀÅAqÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É PÀ£ÀßrUÀ£ÉÆA¢UÉ ºÁ¢ðPÀªÁV ¨ÉgÉAiÀĨÉÃPÀÄ,
E°èAiÀÄ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°vÀÄ PÀ£ÀßrUÀgÀ ¦æÃw-«±Áé¸ÀPÉÌ ¨sÁd£ÀgÁUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ
JA§ÄzÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÀ D±ÀAiÀĪÁVzÉ. F »£É߯ÉAiÀÄ°è
ºÉÆgÀvÀgÀÄwÛgÀĪÀ UÀæAxÀ«zÀÄ.
¥ÉÆæ|| °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÀ£ÀÄß F ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è UËgÀªÀ¢AzÀ
ªÉÆzÀ°UÉ £É£ÉAiÀÄÄvÉÛãÉ. CªÀgÀ EAVèµï ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀªÀ£ÀÄß CªÀ±Àå EgÀĪÀ°è ¥ÀjµÀÌj¹,
vÉ®ÄUÀÄ, vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ, ªÀįÉAiÀiÁ¼ÀA ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁgÁp ¨sÁµÉUÀ½UÉ C£ÀĪÁ¢¹zÉÝêÉ. F
C£ÀĪÁzÀ ¥ÀæQæAiÉÄAiÀÄ°è PÀæªÀĪÁV qÁ|| ªÉÆúÀ£ï, ¥ÉÆæ|| £ÀAdÄAqÀ£ï, ¥ÉÆæ||
ªÉÆúÀ£ï PÀÄAmÁgï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÉÆæ|| r.J¸ï.ZËUÀ¯É CªÀgÀÄ D¸ÀQÛ¬ÄAzÀ
vÉÆqÀV¹PÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀºÀPÀj¹zÀÄÝ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀPÉÌ ¸ÀºÁAiÀĪÁVzÉ. ¥ÉÆæ|| °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ
ºÀ¼ÉªÀÄ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C£ÀĪÁ¢¹PÉÆlÖ ªÉÄÃ¯É ºÉ¸Àj¹zÀ J®è «zÁéA¸ÀjUÉ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀªÀÅ
IÄtÂAiÀiÁVzÉ.
PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è £ÉÀ¯É¹ §zÀÄPÀ£ÀÄß PÀAqÀÄPÉÆAqÀ ºÉÆgÀ£ÁqÀÄUÀ¼À ¨sÁ¶PÀgÀÄ
PÀ£ÀßqÀªÀ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°vÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß CxÀðªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀÄ PÀ£ÀßrUÀgÀ°è
¨ÉgÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ F UÀæAxÀ £ÉgÀªÁUÀ°zÉ JA§ «±Áé¸À ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÁÝVzÉ.
F UÀæAxÀ ¥ÀæPÀluÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ® ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÀ
CzsÀåPÀëgÁzÀ ¥ÉÆæ|| §gÀUÀÆgÀÄ gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀzÀÄ. CªÀgÀ CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è
DgÀA¨sÀªÁzÀ ªÀÄÄzÀæt ¥ÀæQæAiÉÄ ªÀiÁ£Àå ©.JA.E¢£À§â CªÀgÀ C¢üPÁgÁªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è
NzÀÄUÀgÀ PÉÊUÉ ®¨sÀåªÁV FUÀ ªÀÄÆgÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt ¸ÁzsÀåªÁUÀÄwÛzÉ. ¥ÉÆæ||
§gÀUÀÆgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁ£Àå E¢£À§â CªÀgÀ£ÀÄß F ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è PÀÈvÀdÕvÉUÀ¼ÉÆA¢UÉ
£É£ÉAiÀÄÄvÉÛãÉ.
F ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀzÀ vÀÈwÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀætzÀ ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è D¸ÀQÛ¬ÄAzÀ
vÉÆqÀV¹PÉÆAqÀ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÀ PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ðUÀ¼ÁzÀ qÁ|| ªÀÄÄgÀ½zsÀgÀ PÉ. ºÁUÀÆ J®è
¹§âA¢ªÀUÀðPÉÌ PÀÈvÀdÕvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ.
KANNADA : A Self Instructional Course by Lingadevaru Halemane Published by Kannada Development Authority Govt. of KarnatakaPages : 259 + 16
First Edition : 1989Second Edition : 2003Third Edition : 2012
¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt : 1989
¢éwÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt : 2003
vÀÈwÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt : 2012
¨É¯É : 35-00 gÀÆ¥Á¬ÄUÀ¼ÀÄ
Price : Rs. 35/-
¥ÀæPÁ±ÀPÀgÀÄ : PÀ£ÀßqÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ«zsÁ£À ̧ ËzsÀ, PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ̧ ÀPÁðgÀ
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ
Printer :
Karnataka Offset Printers 30/2, 4th Main, 3rd Cross,Chamarajpet, Bangalore-18. ( : 26678525
qÁ. ªÀÄÄRåªÀÄAwæ ZÀAzÀÄæCzsÀåPÀëgÀÄ
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ ¢£ÁAPÀ : 1-12-2012
PÀ£ÀßqÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ
CzsÀåPÀëgÀÄ
qÁ. ªÀÄÄRåªÀÄAwæ ZÀAzÀÄæ
PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ð
qÁ. PÉ. ªÀÄÄgÀ½zsÀgÀ
INTRODUCTION
This is a self-instructional material prepared to develop
speaking, reading and writing skills. This is intended for adult
English Learners from different mother-tongue backgrounds, who
wants to learn Kannada for various reasons.
It is hoped that this self instructional material would enable
the learner to construct orally the basic sentences with the help of
given patterns and lexical items. This would also enable the learner
to converse with the native speakers in given situation with the help
of conversations framed. The book also takes care of the skills of
reading and writing.
An attempt has been made here to present the material as
systematically as possible. The language and the situations used to
follow the principle of selection and gradation which is the modern
practice the world over. The lessons show development from the
simple to the complex and from the known to the unknown.
Provision has been made for reinforcement of the language habits
through conversation and narration. The language structures
introduced here are found in informal spoken contexts and their
description in the text are pedagogically oriented.
The book contains two parts. Part I deals with graded
language structuring and Part II deals with the script.
Part I contains 25 lessons. These lessons are structurally
graded. The language used in these lessons is standard spoken
Kannada. The Bangalore - Mysore dialect of Kannada is generally
accepted as the standard spoken Kannada. However one can see
certain changes at phonological level, like dropping of the vowel in
the second syllable in the spoken form. One can find occassional
overlapping of formal and informal usage in this book.
Each basic lesson contains five components, namely,
conversation/narration, pattern drill, key to learners, exercise and
vocabulary.
Each lesson is a running conversation/narration written on a
specific situation with appropriate structure and vocabulary. The
purpose of having a majority of the lesson in the form of
conversation is that it forms the 'stimulus-reponse pattern' in the
learners. The dialogue form of the book facilitates participation by
the learners with interchanging roles. However the last four lessons
are narrations; they can be used as reading texts. The content of the
lessons include day to day social contexts and cultural information
about Karnataka. The first ten lessons are given in Roman
transliteration. A key to sound transcription is given in the begining
of the book. The tenth lesson onwords, lessons are given in
Kannada Script. It is assumed by the time the learner completes the
structure of first ten lessons that he would also have learnt the
recognition of letters in isolation and in combination. the translation
of text and pattern drill is given in English. (while the translations
are largely idiomatically acceptable, the exigencies of instructions
may have here and there resulted in slightly deviant English
constructions).
Pattern drills and exercises are meant for reinforcement of the
structures introduced in the lesson. Generally a distinction is made
between drills and exercises on the lines of their nature. The drills
aim at establishing the structure as habit. In other words they
VI/Introduction
establish automatic response through intensive practice. Besides
this they are also helpful in knowing the syntactic relationship
among the related structures.
In a true sense exercises are an application activity, No new
structure is given under exercise. The learner is expected to apply
the structure learnt in the lesson to test his competence.
The vocabulary contains the newly introduced in the text as
well as in the drill part under two headings, namely, vocabulary and
supplementary vocabulary. Vocabulary is listed in an alphabetical
order.
The key to the learner gives a brief explanation of the structure
or pattern introduced in the lesson. To a great extent extensive use
of linguistic terminology is avoided. Necessary examples and
sandhi rules are also given.
Part II contains the introduction of the Kannada alphabet. The
letters have been introduced on their shape similarity and
contrastive perception. This would enable the learner to recognise
the letters in isolation and in combination as quickly as possible.
The combination of consonants and vowels are also introduced on
their shape similarity. The sound value in Roman script is also
given along with the primary letters in order to enable the learner to
identify the target language sounds. It is expected that the learner
should start learning speaking, reading and writing side by side.
The explanation given above is only a guide line. The actual
learning lies with the learner's motivation and requirement.
Language learning should'nt be taken as a sole activity, but rather as
an enjoyable game. Each structure and each vocabulary item is to be
treated as an interesting toy in the hands of the learner. The learner
Introduction /VII
should always approach them with an open mind. Aslo one should
be very conscious and alert about his/her surroundings and the
people. One can learn the language while talking in it without
inhibitions. Talk to the people. If they laugh at your pronunciation,
wrong construction of sentences join them and laugh with them.
But don't be disheartened. While laughing with them try to know
the correct form with the help of the book and with the help of the
native speakers.
I acknowledge my grateful thanks to Prof. Baragur
Ramachandrappa, and Sri Idinabba former Chairmans, Kannada
Development Authority Govt. of Karnataka, who are chiefly
responsible for re-printing this book. They have also got it
translated into other languages knowing its importance in the
development of Kannada language. I am equally grateful to the
translators of this book into different languages. My sincere thanks
to Secretary, Kannada Development Authority for his keen interest
in executing this work.
I hope that this self instructional material will be helpful in
your endeavour.
Lingadevaru Halemane
VIII/Introduction
ABBREVATIONS
Prox. Proximate
rem. remote
hon. honorific
pl. Plural
sg. singular
non hon. non honorific
V.P. Verbal participle
V. Verb
N. Noun
R.P. Relative Participle
Aux. Auxiliary Verb
KEY TO TRANSCRIPTION
1. Vowels
Symbol enqivalent in English
a up, cut
aa aunt, laugh
i it, kit
ii each, keep
u book, put
uu ooze, moon
e egg, leg
ee ape, make
o one, no
oo own, coat
ai/ay island, five
au/av owl, south
2. Consonants
Symbol equivalent in English
k king, make
g get, beg
c church, much
J Judge, agent
ñ The sound does't exist in English, but is heard
in French and spanish words like Senor, Signe
D donkey, made
d this, other
n number, many
p people, camp
b but, rubber
m mail, small
y young, beyond
r room, bring
l live, small
v/w wine, shave
s small, face
S shave, fish
h hall, behave
The following sounds do not have acceptable equivalents in English. Hence their articulation rather than examples are given.
t Kannada sound is a variety of t produced by the tip of the tongue touching the back of the upper teeth.
T Kannada sound is produced by curling the tip of the tongue backwords.
N Produced in the above fashion, but nasal in its quality.
sh Variety of 's' also produced in the above fashion.
L Produced in the above fashion, but lateral in its quality.
Key to Transcriptions/XI
f fan refer. This sound is found only in loan words from English and urdu. It is represented by the symbol ph.
z zoo, lazy. This sound is found only in loan words from English and urdu. It is represented by the symbol for J or Jh.
k c T t p and g J D d b, when followed by 'h' are produced with greater breath force.
Note the sound qualities indicated above are not the exact ones, but the nearest approximations.
XII/Key to Transcriptions
CONTENTS
Introduction V-VIII
Abbrevations IX
Key to transcription X-XII
Part I
Lesson I
Personal pronouns with their possessive forms 1-6
Lesson 2
Personal pronouns with their possessive formsYes/No type of interrogation. 7-15
Lesson 3
Possessive forms of the nouns 16-22
Lesson 4
Qualitative and Quantitative adjectives 23-28
Lesson 5
Predicative forms of the pronouns, nouns,
adjectives. Adjectival nouns, alli, Locative case.
Post positions. 29-39
Lesson 6
Dative case, Numerals 40-51
Lesson 7
Numeral adjectives, Human plurals,
Human numerals 52-62
Lesson 8
Colour adjectives, Model verbs and negation 63-70
Lesson 9
Verb iru ; non-post tense paradigm and negation. 71-78
Lesson 10
Imperative, premissive, hortative forms of theverbs. Non-post tense forms of the main verbs,annu accusative case. 79-89
Lesson 11
inta comparative marker. Definitive permissive
and prohibitive forms 90-97
Lesson 12
Gerundials, Potential forms, inda instrumental
and ablative case 98-108
Lesson 13
isu as verbaliser and causative, Reflexive pronouns 109-118
Lesson 14
Past tense d and t and negation 119-130
Lesson 15
Past tense k, T, D, id and their negation. Indirectspeech, reportive forms. 131-142
Lesson 16
Past participle forms and their negation 143-153
Lesson 17
Continuous forms and their negation 154-162
Lesson 18
Perfect forms and their negation 163-171
Lesson 19
Relative participle, participle nouns and their negations 172-191
Lesson 20
Simple conditional and its negation 192-199
Lesson 21
Unfulfilled past conditional and its negation,Concessive form 200-209
Lesson 22
PÀ£ÁðlPÀ (Reading Practice) 210-219
XIV / Contents Contents / XV
Lesson 23
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ̈ sÁµÉ (Reading Practice) 220-224
Lesson 24
ªÀiÁ£À vÀgÀĪÀ ̧ ÀAUÀw C®è (Reading Practice) 225-228
Lesson 25
¨ÉÃPÀÄ ̈ ÉÃqÀUÀ¼ÀÄ (Reading Practice) 229-233
Part II
Kannada Script 234-259
LESSON - 1
1. Dialogue :
Manohar : namaskaara saar. Good morning sir
Mahadeva : namaskaara niivu Good morning, who areyaaru ? you (polite) ?
Manohar : naanu KannaDa I am a student ofvidyaarthi Kannada
Mahadeva : nimma hesaru eenu ? What is yourname (polite) ?
Manohar : nanna hesaru My name is Manoharmanohar, niivu Who are you, sir ?yaaru saar ?
Mahadeva : naanu kannaDa I am a Kannada teacheradhyaapaka
Manohar : nimma hesaru What is your name, sir ?eenu saar ?
Mahadeva : naana hesaru My name is Mahadevamahaadeva. nimma Which is your state ?raajya yaavudu ?
Manohar : nanna raajya My state is TamilnadutamiLnaaDu
Mahadeva : nimma maatru bhaashe Which is your Motheryaavdu ? tongue ?
Manohar : naana maatru bhaashe My mother tongue istamiLu. ivaru yaaru Tamil. Who is she Sir ?saar ?
XVI / Contents
Mahadeva : ivaru kannaDa She (prox.) is Kannadaadhyaapaki teacher
Manohar : ivara hesaru eenu saar ? What is her name sir ?
Mahadeva : ivara hesaru Siila Her name is Sheelaavaru yaaru manoohar ? Who is he, Manohar ?
Manohar : avaru raabar T, nanna He is Robert, my friendsneehita
2. Pattern drill :
2.1 niivu yaaru ? Who are you (hon) ?
avaru yaaru ? Who is he/she (hon.rem.) ?
ivaru yaaru ? Who is he/she (hon.prox.) ?
2.2 naanu adhyaapaka. I am a teacher
avaru vaidya He is a doctor
ivaru gumaasta He is a clerk
avaru leekhaki She is a writer
avaru injiniyar He is an engineer
naanu vyaapaari I am a businessman
2.3 nimma hesaru eenu ? What is your (hon.) name ?
avaru hesaru eenu ? What is his/her name ?
ivara hesaru eenu ? What is his/her name ?
2.4 nanna hesaru moohan My name is Mohan
avara hesaru kamala Her name is Kamala
ivara hesaru raaju His name is Raju
2/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
2.5 avara uuru yaavudu ? Which is his/her native Place ?ivaru raajya yaavudu ? Whis is / her state ?nimma jille yaavudu ? Which is your district ?
2.6 nanna deeSa bhaarata My country is Indiananna raajya KarnaaTaka My state is Karnatakaavaru uuru mayasuuru His/her native place is Mysoreivara jille tumakuuru His/her district is Tumkur
2.7 avaru nanna sneehita He is my friendavaru nanna sneehite She is my friend
3. Key to Learners :
3.1 'namaskaara' is a greeting term used whenever persons meet.
3.2 This lesson introduces simple sentences containing nouns. Note that there is no copula in Kannada as in English.
niivu yaaru ? 'Who are you ?'naanu vidyaarthi 'I am a student'avaru vidyaarthini 'She is a student'
In the above English sentences 'are', 'am', 'is' are functioning as copula conjoining Noun+Noun. This is not so in Kannada.
3.3 yaaru 'who is a human interrogative marker, whereas ennu 'what' is a non-human interrogative marker.
niivu yaaru ? 'Who are you ?'nimma hesaru eenu ? 'What is your name ?'
Lesson 1/3
4/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 1/5
3.4 naanu 'I' First person (sg.)
niivu 'you' Second person (sg. hon+pl.)
avaru 'he/she' Third person (sg. hon+pl. rem.)
ivaru 'he/she' Third person (sg. hon+pl. prox.)
are personal pronouns. Note that there is no gender distinction in third person honorafic plural forms.
3.5 The pronouns are further extended by adding possessive marker - a
naanu + a = nanna 'my'
niivu + a = nimma 'your'
avaru + a = avara 'his/her'
ivaru + a = ivara 'his/her'
3.6 yaavudu 'which one' is a non-human interrogative pronoun.
4. Exercise :
4.1 fill in the blanks using the Kannada equivalents of the English ones :
4.1.1 raaja nanna ___________ (friend)
4.1.2 avara _____________ tamiLu. (mother tongue)
4.1.3 ____________ hesaru Kamala. (my)
4.1.4 avara raajya ______________ ? (which)
4.2 Fill in the blanks
4.2.1 nimma hesaru _______________ ?
4.2.2 avara hesaru _______________
4.2.3 niivu _____________ ?
4.2.4 ivaru kannaDa ______________
4.3 If 'naanu' becomes 'nanna' what would be the following
4.3.1 niivu ____________
4.3.2 avaru ____________
4.3.3 ivaru ____________
4.4 Use the following words in your own sentences :
4.4.1 adhyaapaki
4.4.2 raajya
4.4.3 hesaru
4.4.4 naanu
4.5 Translate the following sentences into Kannada
4.5.1 I am a student of Kannada
4.5.2 Gopal is my friend
4.5.3 My state is Kerala
4.5.4 Her name is Jaya
4.6 Answer the following questions
4.6.1 niivvu yaaru ?
4.6.2 nimma hesaru eenu ?
4.6.3 nimma deeSa yaavudu ?
4.6.4 nimma raajya yaavudu ?
4.6.5 nimma jille yaavudu ?
4.6.6 nimma uuru yaavudu ?
4.6.7 nimma maatrubhaashe yaavudu ?
6/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
5. Vocavbularyadhyaapaka 'teacher (mas.)'
adhyaapaki 'teacher (fem.)'
avara 'his/her (rem.)'
avaru 'he/she(hon.rem)'
ivara 'his/her (prox.)'
eenu 'what'
nanna 'my'
namaskaara 'greeting term, equivalent to
English good morning/
good afternoon/good evening'
naanu 'I'
nimma 'your'
niivu 'you (hon.sg.)'
maatrubhaashe 'mother tongue'
yaaru 'who'
yaavudu 'which one'
raajya 'state'
vidyaarthi 'student (mas.)'
sneehita 'friend (mas.)'
hesaru 'name'
5.2 Supplementary vocabulary :
gumaasta 'clerk;
jille 'district'
deeSa 'country'
leekhaki 'writter(fem.)'
vaidya 'doctor'
vyaapaari 'businessman'
sneehite 'friend(fem.)'
LESSON - 2
1. Dialogue :
Manohar : idu yaava pustaka ? Which book is this (prox.) ?
Gopal : idu kaadambari This is a novel
Manohar : idara hesaru eenu ? What is its name ?
Gopal : idara hesaru Its name is Chirasmarane
cirasmaraNe
Manohar : idu yaara Whose novel is this ?
kaadambari ?
Gopal : idu niranjana avara This is Niranjana's novel
kaadambari
Manohar : idu ninna Is this your book ?
pustakaanaa ?
Gopal : alla. idu nanna No. It is not my book. It is
pustaka alla. idu my friend Ashok's book
nanna sneehita
aSoka avara pustaka
Manohar : adu yaara pennu ? Whose pen is that (rem.) ?
ninna pennaa ? Is it yours ?
Gopal : havdu. adu nanna Yes. It is my pen
pennu
Manohar : adara hesaru eenu ? What is its name ?
Gopal : adara hesaru hiiro Its name is Hero
8/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
1.1 Dialogue :
Manohar : niinu yaarappa ? who are you (endearing) ?
Mohan : naanu aanand avara I am Anand's sonmaga
Manohar : ninna hesaru eenu ? What is your name ?
Mohan : nanna hesaru My name is Mohanmoohan
Manohar : ivanu yaaru ? ninna Who is he ? (Sg. non-hon.tammanna ? prox.) Is he your younger
brother ?
Mohan : alla. ivanu nanna No. He is not my youngertamma alla. ivanu brother. He is my eldernanna aNNa brother
Manohar : ivana hesaru eenu ? What is his name ?
Mohan : ivana hesaru sureeS. His name is suresh.
Manohar : avanu yaaru ? Who is he (sg. non-hon.rem.) ?
Mohan : avanu nanna sneehita He is my friend
Manohar : avana hesaru eenu ? What is his name ?
Mohan : avana hesaru raaju His name is Raju
Manohar : aa huDugi yaaru ? Who is that girl ?
Mohan : avaLu nanna tangi She (sg. non-hon. rem.) ismy younger sister
Manohar : avaLa hesaru eenu ? What is her name ?
Mohan : avaLa hesaru kamala Her name is Kamala
Manohar : ii huDugi yaaru ? Who is this girl ? Is sheninna tangiinnaa ? your younger sister ?
Mohan : alla. ivaLu nanna No. She is not my youngertangi alla. ivaLu sister. She is my eldernanna akka. sister
Manohar : ivaLa hesaru eenu ? what is her name ?
Mohan : ivaLa hesaru lalita Her name is Lalitha
2. Pattern drill :
2.1 idu yaava pustaka ? Which is this book ?
adu yaava kaaleeju ? Which is that college ?
2.2 idu kavana This is a poem
adu kathe That is a story
2.3 idara hesaru eenu ? What is its (prox.) name ?
adara hesaru eenu ? What is its (rem.) name ?
2.4 idu caduranga avara This is chaduranga's story
kathe
adu bhyrappa avara That is Bhyrappa's house
mane
2.5 idu ninna angiinaa ? Is it your shirt ?
adu avara maneenaa ? It it his (rem.) house ?
2.6 havdu. idu nanna pustaka Yes. this is my book
havdu. adu avara mane Yes. that is their house
2.7 alla. idu avara pennu alla No. This is not his/her pen
alla. adu nanna kaaru No. That is not my car
alla.
Lesson 2/9
2.8 niinu yaaru ? Who are you (non-hon.) ?
ninna hesaru eenu ? What is your name ?
2.9 ivanu yaaru ? Who is he ? (non.hon.prox.)
ivanu javaana He is servant
ivana hesaru eenu ? What is his name ?
ivana hesaru nanjappa His name is Nanjappa
2.10 avaru yaaru ? Who is he (non-hon. rem) ?
avanu kaavalugaara He is a watchman
avana hesaru raamayya His name is Ramaiah
2.11 avaLu yaaru ? Who is she (non-hon.rem) ?
avaLu javaani She is servant ?
avaLa hesaru lakshmi Her name is Lakshmi
2.12 IvaLu yaaru ? Who is she (non-hon.rem.)?
ivaLu nanna tangi She is my younger sister
2.13 ivanu ninna tammaanaa ? Is he your younger brother ?
alla. ivanu nanna tamma No. He is not my younger
alla. ivanu nanna aNNa brother. He is my elder
brother
2.14 avaLu ninna akkaanaa ? Is she your elder sister ?
havdu. avaLu nanna akka Yes. she is my elder sister
3. Key to learners :
3.1 idu 'this' third person (neut. sg. prox.)
adu 'that' third person (neut. sg. rem.)
are introduced. These pronouns are used to denote all
non-human nouns.
10/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 2/11
idu kurchi This is a Chair
adu mara That is a tree
3.2 The neuter pronouns are extended by adding possessive marker - a
adu + a = adara 'its' (rem.)idu + a = idara 'its' (prox.)
Note that the additional of - ar - when the above neuter pronouns are used as possessive forms.
3.3 yes / no type of interrogation is obtained by adding - aa to the nouns. Note the combination
3.3.1 kaadambari + aa = kaadambariinaa (kaadambariyaa) mane + aa = maaneenaa (maneyaa) site + aa = siiteenaa (siiteyaa)
3.3.2 pennu + aa = pennaa (pennaa) avaru + aa = avaraa (avaraa)
3.3.3 maga + aa = magaanaa (maganaa) raama + aa = raamaanaa (raamanaa)
Kamala + aa = kamalaanaa (kamalaLaa)
Whenever = aa is added, the last vowel of the noun becomes long and it takes - n - as an addition in spoken form. The forms in the paranthesis represent the standard written form.
3.4 havdu 'yes' is an affirmitive answer to question. alla 'no' is negation. Note that we can also make questions using havdu and alla as havdaa ? and alvaa ?
3.5 niinu 'you' : second person (sg.)ivanu 'he' : third person (mas. sg. prox.)
12/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 2/13
avanu 'he' : third person (mas. sg. rem.)ivaLu 'She' : third person (fem. sg. prox.)avaLu 'She' : third person (fem. sg. rem.)
are introduced. aata, iita, aake, iike are also used as substitutes for avanu, ivanu, avaLu, ivaLu
3.6 The above pronouns are further extended by adding - a Possessive marker.
niinu + a = ninna 'your'ivanu + a = ivana 'his'avanu + a = avana 'his'ivaLu + a = ivaLa 'her'avaLu + a = avaLa 'her'
3.7 - appa is an addressive term used to address men who are strangers, intimates and subordinates. Femi - nine counterpart of this term is - amma
3.8 aa 'that' and ii 'this' are demonstrative adjectives. Note the difference between these adjectives and neut. pronouns.
adu mane 'that is house'aa mane 'that house'
4. Exercises :
4.1 Fill in the blanks using th appropriate word
4.1.1 idu niranjana avara ___________
4.1.2 indiraa gaandhi avara ________ raajiiva gaandhi
4.1.3 _______ hesaru cirasmaraNe
4.1.4 _______ adu nanna pustaka alla
4.2 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the words given in the bracket.
4.2.1 adu _________ kaaru (avanu)
4.2.2 idu _________ aafiisu ? (yaaru)
4.2.3 avaLu ninna ________ ? (tangi)
4.2.4 _______ hesaru kaamaakshi (ivaLu)
4.3 Fill in the blanks using the Kannad equivalent of the English ones :
4.3.1 avaLu ___________ (girl)
4.3.2 savita nanna ________ (elder sister)
4.3.3 nimma ________ yaaru ? (elder brother)
4.3.4 nanna __________ kannaDa adhyaapaka (younger brother)
4.4 interrogate :
4.4.1 avanu vidyaarthi
4.4.2 adu pustaka
4.4.3 nanna raajya keeraLa
4.4.4 havdu. avanu nanna tamma
4.5 Translate into Kannada
4.5.1 Who are you ?
4.5.2 Is she your younger sister ?
4.5.3 Who is that girl ?
4.5.4 This boy is Satish's Son
4.5.5 Is it your booK ?
4.5.6 No. It is not my pen?
4.5.7 Which is your native place ?
14/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 2/15
4.6 Answer the following questions.
4.6.1 nimma uuru madaraasaa ?
4.6.2 aa huDuga nimma magaanaa ?
4.6.3 niranjana avara kaadambari yaavudu ?
4.6.4 nimma maatrubhaashe kannaDaanaa ?
5. Vocabulary :
akka 'elder sister'
adu 'that' (rem.)
adara 'its'
aNNa 'elder brother'
alla 'no' (negates the noun)
avaLu 'she' (non. hon. sg. rem.)
avaLa 'her'
avanu 'he' (non. hon. sg. rem.)
avana 'his'
aa 'that'
idu 'this' (prox.)
idara 'its'
ivana 'his'
ivaLu 'she' (non. hon. sg. prox.)
ivaLa 'her'
ii 'this'
kaadambari 'novel'
tangi 'younger sister'
tamma 'younger brother'
ninna 'your'
maga 'son'
pustaka 'book'
yaava 'which'
havdu 'yes'
huDugi 'girl'
LESSON - 3
1. Dialogue :
Raja : raamaayaNada naayaka Who is the hero of
yaaru ? Ramayana ?
Rani : raamaayaNada naayaka The hero of Ramayana is
Sriiraama Sri Rama
Raja : raama yaara maga ? Whose son is Sri Rama ?
Rani : avanu daSarathana maga He is the son of Dasharatha
Raja : raamana taayiya hesaru What is the name of
eenu ? Rama's mother ?
Rani : raamana taayiya hesaru Rama's mother name is
kavsalye Kausalye
Raja : raamana tammana What is the name of
hesaru eenu ? Rama's younger brother ?
Rani : raamana tammana hesaru Rama's younger brother's
lakshmaNa name is Lakshmana
Raja : raamana henDatiya What is the Rama's wife's
hesaru eenu ? name ?
Rani : raamana heNDatiya Rama's wife's name is
hesaru siite Sita
Raja : avaLu yaara magaLu ? Whose daughter is she ?
Rani : avaLu Janaka raajana She is the daughter of King
magaLu Janaka
Raja : raamana makkaLa What are the names of
hesaru eenu ? Rama's children ?
Rani : lava, kuSa Lava & Kusha
Raja : Lava hiri magaanoo ? Who is the eldest son ?
kusha hiri magaanoo ? It is Lava or Kusha ?
Rani : kusha hiri maga. lava Kusha is the eldest son.
kiri maga Lava is the youngest
2. Pattern drill :
2.1 karnaaTakada mukhya Who is Chief Minister of
mantri yaaru ? Karnataka ?
bhaaratada raajadhaani Which is the Capital of
yaavudu ? India ?
2.2 sumati raajuvina magaLu Sumati is Raju's daughteravanu ii guruvina Sishya He is the student of this
teacher2.3 raamana tandeya hesaru Rama's father's name is
daSaratha Dasharatha
nanna taayiya hesaru My mother's name iskamalamma Kamalamma
2.4 siiteya gaNDana hesaru Sita's husband's name israama Rama
avara magana hesaru His son's name is RaJivraajiiva
2.5 raamana makkaLa hesaru Rama's children's nameslava, kuSa are Lava and Kusha
Lesson 3/17
2.6 namma kaalejina hesaru The name of our college is
Mahaarajaa kaaleeju Maharaja's College
nimma uurina hesaru eenu ? What is the name of your
native place ?
2.7 avaLu raamaraayara hiri Is she Ramarao's elder
magaLoo kiri magaLoo ? daughter or younger
daughter ?
3. Key to learners :
3.1 The possessive marker - a is added to nouns
3.1.1 bhaarata + a = bhaarataDa 'of India'
karnaaTaka + a = karnaa Takada 'of Karnataka'
Whenever possessive marker - a is added to neut
nouns ending with - a, it takes - d - as an
addition
Now add the - a to the following nouns :
mara 'tree' pustaka 'book'
giDa 'plant' sinima 'cinema'
dina 'day raajya 'state'
3.1.2 gaandhi + a = gaandhiya 'of Gandhi'
site = a = siiteya 'of Site'
whenever - a is added to nouns ending with - i or - e,
whether human or non-human, it takes - y - as an addition
Now added - a to the following nouns.
18/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 3/19
sose 'daughter in law' huli 'tiger'kathe 'story' kiTaki 'window'henDati 'wife' kurci 'chair'
3.1.3 when - a is added to - u ending neuter, nouns, final - u
drops and - in - is inserted.
kaaleeju + a = kaaleejina 'of college'
kaaDu + a = kaaDina 'of forest'
add, - a to following nouns
uuru 'native place' haavu 'snake'
bassu 'bus' pennu 'pen'
baagilu 'door' hengasu 'women'
There are some nouns which are exceptions to the above rule
hasu 'cow bandhu 'relative'
guru 'teacher' magu 'child'
karu 'calf' Satru 'enemy'
These nouns and the proper nouns ending in - u take - vin - as an
addition. Observe the following examples.
hasu + a = hasuvina
guru + a = guruvina
karu + a = karuvina
raaju + a = raajuvina
siitu + a = siituvina
3.1.4 The numerals ending with - u take - ar - as an increment
ondu + a = ondara 'of one'
hattu + a = hattara 'of ten'
20/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 3/21
Note that when magaLu and maakaLu added to - a
possessive from, final - u drops
magaLu + a = magaLa 'of daughter'
makkLu + a + makkaLa 'of children'
3.15 Human nouns ending with - a, when added to posses sive
marker take -n - as an addition.
maga + a = magana 'of son'
raama + a = raamana 'of Rama'
kamala + a = kamalana 'of Kamala'
akka + a = akkana 'of elder sister'
3.2 Dubitive marker is - oo. this is used to express doubt.
sanjay gaandhi indiraa gaandhiya hiri maganoo kiri
maganoo ?
avanu ninna aNNanoo tammanoo ?
adu avara manenoo ninna manenoo ?
3.3 Note that the kinship terms are used in this lesson
4. Exercises
4.1 fill in the blanks using the appropriate words
4.1.1 bhaaratada ___________ dehali
4.1.2 raamana ___________ siita
4.1.3 lava kuSa raamana __________
4.1.4 raajiiva gaandhiya ____________ firooj gaandhi
4.2 Fill in the blanks using Kannada equivalents of the English words given in the bracket
4.2.1 Saaliniya ___________ rajani (daughter)
4.2.2 nanna ____________ raajeSa (elder son)
4.2.3 raviya ____________ savita (wife)
4.2.4 sumana ___________ rama (mother)
4.3 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given in the bracket
4.3.1 nimma __________ hesaru eenu ? (maga)
4.3.2 Saaliniya __________ mane yaavudu ? (sneehite)
4.3.3 _______ aNNa raajiiva (sanjaya)
4.3.3 _________ raajadhaani dehali (bhaarata)
4.4 Translate into Kannada :4.4.1 My mother's name is Sharada4.4.2 Who is her husband ?4.4.3 Arpita is my youngest daughter4.4.4 Rama Rao is my father's father
4.5 Trans form as per the model :
4.5.1 indiraa gaandhi ____ indiraa gaandhiya
rajani _________
ravi _________
naayi _________
kurci _________
tande _________
kathe _________
4.5.2 bhaarata ____ bhaaratada
deeSa __________
pustaka __________
mara __________
4.5.3 maga ___ magana
sanjaya __________
rameeSa __________
kamala __________
lalita __________
4.5.4 neharu ___ neharuvina
raamu __________
niilu __________
magu __________
hasu __________
guru __________
4.6 Give a brief introduction about your family
4.7 Answer the following questions
4.7.1 nimma makkaLa hesaru eenu ?
4.7.2 nimma heDatiya hesaru eenu ?
4.7.3 nimma tande / taayiya hesaru eenu ?
5. Vocabulary
makkaLu 'children'
magaLu 'daughter'
hiri maga 'eldest son'
heNDati 'wife'
22/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
LESSON - 4
1. Dialogue :
Ramu : Sriiraamapura oLLeya Is Shreeramapura a goodbaDaavaNeenaa ? extension ?
Suresh : alla. adu oLLeya No, It is not a goodbaDaavaNe alla. keTTa extension. It is a bad onebaDaavaNe
Ramu : oLLeya baDaavNe Which is the goodyaavudu ? extension ?
Suresh : banaSankari oLLeya Banashankari is a goodbaDaavaNe extension
Ramu : adu hosa Is it a new extension or anbaDaavaNeenoo old one ?haLeya baDaavaNeenoo ?
Suresh : adu haLeya baDaavaNe It is not an old one. It is aalla. hosa baDaavaNe new one
Ramu : adeenu doDDa Is it a big extension orbaDaavaNeenoo, small one ?cikka baDaavaNeenoo ?
Suresh : adu doDDa baDaavaNe It is a big extension
Ramu : adu entha baDaavaNe ? What type of exttensionSriimantara is that ? Is it a rich people'sbaDaavaNeenoo, extension or poor people'sbaDavara extension ?baDaavaNeenoo ?
24/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Suresh ; adu tumbaa Sriimantara It is neither very richbaDaavaNeenu alla people's extension nortumbaa baDavara the extension of poorbaDaavaNeenuu alla
Suresh : adu tumbaa duuraanoohattiraanoo ? It is too far or nearby ?
Ramu : adu tumbaa duuraanuu It is neither too far, noralla, tumbaa hattiraanuu too nearbyalla
2. Pattern drill :
2.1 maysuuru oLLeya Mysore is a good city
nagara
rameeSa oLLeya Ramesha is a good boy
huDuga
moohan oLLeya Mohan is a good officer
adhikaari
2.2 adu keTTa pustaka That is a bad book
avanu keTTa huDuga He is a bad boy
adu keTTa uuru That is a bad place
2.3 adu entha pennu ? What kind of pen is that ?
adu oLLeya pennu That is a good pen
idu entha kadambari ? What kind of novel is this ?
idu keTTa kadambari This is a bad novel
avaLu entha naTi ? What kind of actress is she ?
avaLu keTTa naTi She is a bad actress
avanu oLLeya NaTa He is a good actor
Lesson 4/25
2.4 adu doDDa mane That is a big house
bengaLuuru doDDa Bangalore is a big city
paTTaNa
avaru doDDa He is a big/nobel man
manushyaru
2.5 adu cikka angaDi That is a small shop
idu saNNa kathe This is a short story
avaLu saNNa hengasu She is a small/mean woman
2.6 maysuuru aramane The Mysore palace is a
tumbaa doDDa aramane very big palace
avaru bahaLa oLLeya She is a very good teacher
adhyaapaki
adu tiiraa keTTa naayi That is a very bad dog
2.7 raama sumitreya Is Rama the son of
magaanoo ? kaikeyiya Sumitra or Kaikeyi ?
magaanoo ?
raama sumitreya Rama is the son of neither
magaanuu alla Sumitra nor Kaikeyi
Kaikeeyiya magaanuu He is the son of Kausalya
alla. avanu kausalyeya
maga
adu ninna pennoo Is it your pen or your
ninna tammana pennoo / younger brother's ?
adu nanna pennuu alla It is neither my pen nor
nanna tammana pennu my younger brother's It is
alla. nanna tangiya my younger sister's pen
pennu
3. Key to learners :
3.1 OLLeya 'good', keTTa 'bad', hosa 'new', haleya 'old' are qualitative adjectives. doDDa 'big' cikka, saNNa 'small' are quantitative adjectives. These adjectives always precede nouns. doDDa and saNNa may refer to either the size of an object or the quality of a person.
adu doDDa mane
avanu doDDa manushya
3.2 Note that tumbaa, bahaLa and tiira, are the intensifiers. They always precede the adjectives
avanu tumbaa oLLeya manushya
3.3 - uu is a conjuctive marker which is used to co-ordinate two or more terms. If it is used with the subject along with 'alla', it gives the meaning 'neither,--nor !
avanu raviya aNNanuu alla, tammanuu alla
3.4 entha 'what type of' is a qualitative interorragative adjective.
4. Exercise :4.1 Fill in the blanks using the appropriate word
4.1.1 adu ____________ sinimaa
4.1.2 bengaLuuru ____________paTTaNa
4.1.3 avanu nanna ____________ aNNa
4.1.4 avaLu nanna tammana ____________ magaLu
4.2 Fill in the blanks using the kannada equivalents of the English words in the bracket
4.2.1reekhaa ____________ oLLeya naTi (very)
26/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 4/27
4.2.2 adu ____________ gaDiyaara (big)
4.2.3 adu tumbaa doDDa ____________ (extension)
4.3 Use the following words in your own sentences
4.3.1 mane
4.3.2 hosa
4.3.3 doDDa
4.3.4 entha
4.3.5 saNNa
4.4 Translate into kannada
4.4.1 It is a very good novel'
4.4.2 Whose story is this ?
4.4.4 Jayanagara is a good extension
4.4.5 It is a big city
4.4.6 It is a good old house
4.5 Answer the following questions
4.5.1 karnaaTakada raajadhaani yaavudu ?
4.5.2 nimma doDDa magana hesaru eenu ?
4.5.3 adu nimma haLeya manenooo hosa maneenoo ?
4.5.4 nimma baDaavaNeya hesaru eenu ?
4.5.5 nimma baDaavaNe do DDadaa ?
5. Vocabulary :
entha 'what type of'
oLLeya 'good'
keTTa 'bad'
28/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 5/29
LESSON - 5
1. Dialogue :
Swamy : nimmadu baaDige Is yours a rented house ?maneenaa ?
Ranga : alla. nannadu baaDige No. Mine is not a rentedmane alla. svanta mane house. It is my own
Swamy : mane hosadaa ? Is it a new house ?
Ranga : havdu. hosadu Yes. a new one
Swamy : doDDadaa ? Is it big ?
Ranga : swalpa doDDadu Some what big
Swamy : mane elli ide ? Where is the house ?
Ranga : Jayanagaradalli ide It is in Jayanagara
Swamy : alli yaavudaadaruu Is there any house for rent?baaDige mane ideyaa ?
Ranga : illa. yaavuduu illa no. There is none
Swamy : beere elliyaadaru Is there one, elsewhere ?ideyaa ?
Ranga : raajaaji nagaradalli ide There is one inRaajajinagar
Swamy : rajaaji nagara duura Raajaji nagar is far offbanaSankari hattira Banashankari is nearalli yaavuduu liva ? Is there not one ?
Ranga : illa No
cikka 'small'
doDDa 'big'
baDaavaNe 'extension'
saNNa 'small'
hattira 'near by'
haLeya 'old'
hosa 'new'
5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary :
aramane 'palace'
gaDiyaara 'watch / clock'
naTa 'Actor'
naTi 'Actress'
nagara 'city'
naayi 'dog'
paTTana 'city'
manushya 'man'
hengasu 'woman'
30/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 5/31
Swamy : raajaaji nagarada mane Whose house is the one in
yaaradu ? Raajajinagar ?
Ranga : nanna sneehitanadu It is my friend's
Swamy : elli ide ? Where is it ?
Ranga : navarang thiyeeTar It is near Navarang theatre
hattira ide
Swamy : gurutu eenaadaruu Is there any landmark ?
ideyaa ?
Ranga : mane munde navarang Navarang theatre is in front
thiyeTar ide. hinde of the house. Behind, there
ondu angaDi ide is a shop. There are coco-
maneya eDa pakkadalli nut trees on the left and
bala pakkadalli tengina right sides of the house
mara ide
Swamy : aa mane doDDadaa ? Is that a big house ?
Ranga : havdu. sumaaru Yes. fairly big
doDDadu
Swamy : nimma sneehita What kind of a man is your
enthavaru ? friend ?
Ranga : avanu tumbaa He is a very nice man
oLLeyavanu
2. Pattern drill :
2.1 aa mane nannadu That house is mine
ii pustaka avanadu This book is his
hosa kaaru ivaradu The new car is his / her's
2.2 aa huDugi nannavaLu That girl is mine
ii huDuga nannavanu This boy is mine
2.3 nanna SarTu hodadu My shirt is new
avaLa siire haLeyadu Her saree is old
avara kaaleeju doDDadu Their college is big
avana rummu cikkadu His room is small
2.4 nimma cappali hosadaa ? Are your Chappals new ?aa sinimaa haLeyadaa ? Is that film old ?ii saykallu oLLeyadaa ? Is this Cycle good ?
2.5 mane jayanagaradalli ide The house is in Jayanagarnaayi maneyalli ide The dog is in the houseaane kaaDinalli ide The elephant is in the
forestbassinalli jaaga ide, There is space in the buskarnaaTakadalli cinnada There is gold mine ingaNi ide Karnataka
2.6 nimma kaaleju elli ide ? Where is your college ?avara haasTelu elli ide ? Where is his/her hostel ?gaNeeSana angaDi elli Where is Ganesh's shop ?ide ?
2.7 pustaka alli ide The book is theresigareeT illi ide The cigarette is here
2.8 avara hattira benki There is a box of matchespaTTaNa ide with himavara mane munde There is a hospital in frontaaspatre ide of his/her house
32/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 5/33
2.9 meejina meela pustaka ide There is book on the table.
mancada keLage
peTTige ide
2.10 aa pustaka nanna That book is my friend's
sneehitanadu
ii siire siiteyadu This saree is Site's
ii hosa SarTu raamanadu This new shirt is Rama's
2.11 alli yaavudaadaruu Is there any house for
baaDige mane ideyaa ? rent ?
nimma hattira is there any story book
yaavudaadaruu kathe with you ?
pustaka ideyaa ?
illi elliyaadaruu angaDi Is there any shop near by ?
ideyaa ?
2.12 kannaDa adhyaapaki What kind of a lady is the
enthavaru ? Kannada teacher ?
aa huDuga enthavanu ? What kind of a boy is he ?
ninna sneehite kamala What kind of a person is
enthavaLu ? your friend Kamala ?
2.13 kannaDa adhyaapaki The Kannada
oLLeyavaru teacher (fem.) is good
aa huDaga keTTavanu That boy is bad
nanna sneehite Kamala My friend Kamala is a
oLLeyavaLu good person
3. Key to learners :
3.1 Note the predicative forms in Kannada
3.1.1 Noun predicatives : They are formed by adding the third
person neut. pronouns - adu, - avu to the possessive nouns
raamana + adu = raamanadu
raamana + avu = raamanavu
note the deletion of - a
3.1.2 Pronoun predicatives : They are obtained by the addition of third person pronouns (either human or non-human) to the possessive pronouns.
nanna + avanu = nannavanu
nanna + avaLu = nannavaLu
nanna + avu = nannavu
adara + adu = adaradu
idara + adu = idaradu
3.1.3 Adjectival predicatives : They are obtained by adding third person pronouns (either human or non-human) to the adjectives.
doDDa + avanu = doDDavanu
chikka + avaLu = cikkavaLu
oLLeya + avaru = oLLeyavaru
keTTa + adu = keTTadu
keTTA + avu = keTTavu
observe that these predicative forms can never be used before nouns. (However they, can also be used as subjects of sentences like nannadu haLeya mane)
The possessive forms of the human nouns are used in the rare context. Whereas the neuter nouns are used frequently to express the possession. Whenever the predicative form is used the denotative adjective is used. Observe the following sentences.
34/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 5/35
IvaLu nanna magaLu 'She is my daughter'
ii magu nannadu 'She is my child'
idu nanna mane 'This is my house'
ii mane nannadu 'This house is mine'
3.2 When the interrogative marker - aa is added to predicative form, final - u drops
hosadu + aa = hosadaa
3.3 -alli is the locative case marker, which denotes the location
mane + alli = maneyalli 'in the house'
bengaLuuru + alli = bengaLuurinalli 'in Bangalore
The changes are the same as in possessive form, when added to different types of nouns (ref. L. No. 3)
3.4 Post position like
munde 'in front of'
hinde 'behind'
bala pakka 'right side'
eDa pakka 'left side'
meele 'above'
keLage 'below'
are also location denoters. Observe that these post positions always follow nouns.
maneya munde 'in front of the house'
meejina meele 'on the table'
Where as in English they always precede.
3.5 Note that by adding - aadaruu to
elli 'where'
yaaru 'who'
eenu 'what'
yaake 'why'
heege 'how
the following forms are obtained.
elliyaadaruu 'somewhere/any where'
yaaraadaruu 'some one'
eenaadaruu 'something'
yaakaadaruu 'for some reason'
heegaadaruu 'somehow'
3.6 ide means 'to be' used to denote to the existence of neuter noun. The corresponding negation for ide is illa
4. Exercise :
4.1 Fill in the blanks using the appropriate words :
4.1.1 aa kiTaki _____________
4.1.2 nimma mane _____________ ide ?
4.1.3 nimma Saleya _____________ eenu ?
4.1.4 nanna _____________ kannaDi ide
4.2 Fill in the blanks using the kannada equivalents of the English words given in the bracket
4.2.1 avara maneya ____________ citra mandira ide. (behind)
4.2.2 idu _____________ mane (rented)
4.2.3 ivaLu nanna _____________ magaLu (own)
4.2.4 mane _____________ ide (a little far)
4.3 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the words given in the bracket
4.3.1 avara mane __________ ide (saraswatipura)
4.3.2 nimma uuru __________ ? (doDDa)
4.3.3 ii SarTu nanna _________ (sneehita)
4.3.4 namma mane __________ angaDi ide (pakka)
4.4 Transform the following as per the model
4.4.1 Model : cikka - cikkadu
Transorm : oLLeya __________
keTTa ___________
hosa ____________
haLeya __________
yaava ___________
4.4.2 Model : niivu - nimmadu
Transform : naanu __________
avanu __________
avaLu __________
avaru __________
adu ____________
4.4.3 Model : sneehita -- sneehitanadu
Transform : Kamala __________
raama ___________
aNNa ___________
akka ____________
36/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 5/37
4.4.4 Model : ravi -- raviyadu
Transform : taayi __________
mane __________
naayi __________
rajani __________
4.4.5 Model : Jayanagara -- jayanagaradalli
Transform : pustaka __________
mane ____________
jaalahaLLi _______
uuru ____________
4.4.6 Model : raamu -- raamuvindau
Transfer : veeNu __________
hasu ____________
magu ___________
guru ____________
4.5 Transform according to the model
Model : T : adu doDDa mane
S : aa mane doDDadu
Transform
4.5.1 adu cikka pustaka
4.5.2 idu hosa sthaLa
4.5.3 adu haLeya uuru
4.5.4 adu nanna tangiya mane
4.5.5 adu aa hasuvina karu
4.5.6 adu entha mane ?
38/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 5/39
4.6 Translate into kannada
4.6.1 Mysore is a big city
4.6.2 There is a shop behind my house
4.6.3 That book is kamala's
4.6.4 My book is in my house
4.6.5 Where is your dog ?
4.7 Answer the following questions
4.7.1 nimma mane elli ide ?
4.7.2 nimmadu swanta maneenoo baaDige maneenoo ?
4.7.3 nimma mane gurutu eenu ?
5. Vocabulary
eDa pakka 'left side'
elli 'where'
gurutu 'identification / land mark'
tengina mara 'coconut tree'
duura 'far off'
bala pakka 'right side'
baaDige 'rent'
mane 'house'
munde 'in front of'
swanta 'own'
swalpa 'a little'
hattira 'near'
hinde 'behind'
5.1 Supplementary vocabuary
aane 'elephant'
kannaDi 'mirror'
kaaDu 'forest'
kaaleeju 'college'
kiTaki 'window'
gaNi 'mines'
cappali 'chappals'
cinna 'gold'
jaaga 'place'
peTTige 'box'
benki paTTaNa 'match box'
ruumu 'room'
saykallu 'cycle'
siire 'saree'
SarTu 'shirt'
Lesson 6/41
LESSON - 6
1. Dialogue :
Shiva : ondu kg. badanekaayige What is the price of a kiloeashTu bele ? of brinjals ?
tarakaari vyaapaari : It is eight and a half rupeesondu kg. badanee for one kilo of brinjalskaayige enTuvareruupaayi
Shiva : nimma angaDiyalli bele Rates are high in yourjaasti shop
t.v. : illa saar. iiga habbada No Sir. This is festivalsiisannu. ella tarakaari season. The prices of allbeleenuu jaasti vegetables are high
Shiva : ardha kg. TomyaaToo How much for a half kiloshaNNige eshTu ? of tomatoes ?
t.v. : hattu kaalu ruupayi Ten and quarter rupees
Shiva : TomyaaToo bele ashTu Is the rate of tomatoes sojaastiinaa ? high ?
t.v. : havdu saar, Yes sir, There are nomaarkeTTinalli tomatoes in the marketTomyaaToo haNNe illa
Shiva : aa kumbaLakaayige How much is thateshTu ? pumpkin ?
t.v. : doDDadakkoo The big one or small one ?cikkadakkoo ?
shiva : doDDadakke eshTu How much is the big one ?cikkadakke eshTu ? How much is the small
one ?
t.v. : doDDakke eeLu Seven rupees for the bigruupaayi. cikkadakke one. four rupees for thenaalku ruupaayi small one
Shiva : doDDadu kaDme ilvaa ? Nothing less for the bigone ?
t.v. : illa saar. ellaa taaja No sir. It is all fresh stuffmaalu. ondee bele Fixed prices
Shiva : kooLi moTTege eshTu ? How much are eggs ?
t.v. : kooLi moTTege ondu one rupee seventy paiseruupaayi eppattu paise each
Shiva : kottumbari soppu ? coriander (leaves) ?
t.v. : ondu kantege ayvattu It is fifty paise a bunchpaise
1.1 Dialogue
Postmaster : nimage eenu beeku ? What do you want ?
Shankara : nange aydu inlyaanD I want five inland letters
leTer beeku. ondu How much is an inland
inlyaanD leTerge letter ?
eshTu ?
P.M. : ondakke eraDu It is two rupees each.ruupaayi. aameele What else do you wanteenu beeku saar ? sir ?
Shankara : envelap ideyaa ? Do you have envelopes ?
P.M. : illa saar. envelap No sir. There is no stock ofsTaak illa. sTyamp envelopes. Stamps areide available
Shankara : muuru ruupaayiyadu I want six stamps of threeaaru sTyamp beeku rupees. Seven stamps ofhattu paiseedu eeLu ten paisesTyamp beeku
P.M. : inneenu beeku saar ? What else do yout want sir ?
Shankara : hanneraDu kaarD I want twelve cards
P.M. : inneenuu beeDvaa ? Don't you want anything ?
Shankara : beeDa No. I don'g want
P.M. : yaarige saar To whom are all theseishTondu kaarDu ? cards sir ?
Shankara : naalku nanna Four for my friend, five sneehitanige, aydu for my younger sisternanna tangi Kamala and three for mekamalnige, muutunanage
2. Pattern drill ;
2.1 nimma manege baaDige How much is the rent for
eshTu ? your house ?
bengaLuurige bas How much is the bus fare
caarju eshTu ? to Bangalore
42/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 6/43
2.2 ondu kilo huruLikaayige It is eight rupees for a kiloenTu ruupaayi of beans
aa pustakakke muuru It is three rupees for thatruupaayi Book
tenginakaayi eraDakke It is twelve rupees for twohanneraDu ruupaayi coconuts
2.3 avanige eenu beeku ? What does he want ?nanage ondu capaati I want a chapatibeeku
ninage eshTu doose How many dosas do youbeeku ? want ?
avarige hannondu He wants eleven rupees.ruupaayi beeku
avaLige eenuu beeDa She does'nt want anything
2.4 siitege aa siire Does'nt Sita wants thatbeeDvaa ? saree ?
rajanige hattu ruupaayi Does Rajani want tenbeekaa ? rupees ?
raamanige ippattu Rama wants twentyruupaayi beeku rupees
aa kaaleejige oLLeya That college has a goodhesaru ide name
nimma uurige eshTu How many Kilometers tokilomiiTar ? your home town ?
3. Key to learners :3.1 The use of dative marker is as follows - (i) ge, - age and
- akke are the dative case markers. the function of the dative is to denote the direction.
beneficiary, recipient or even sometimes possessor of objects or qualities.
The use of dative marker is as follows
3.1.1 -- (i) ge
3.1.1.1 --u ending neuter nouns, - a ending human nounsand third person human Pronouns take - ige asdative
kaaleeju + ige = kaaleejige 'to the college'
uuru + ige = uurige 'to the native place'
bassu + ige = bassige 'to the bus'
raama + ige = raamanige 'to Rama'
tamma + ige = tammanige 'to younger brother'
sarasa + ige = sarasanige 'to Sarasa'
avanu + ige = avanige 'to him'
avaLu + ige = avaLige 'to her'
avaru + ige = avarige 'to them'
3.1.1.2 All categories of nouns ending in - i and - e take -ge as dative
sumati + ge = Sumatige 'to Sumati'
raadhe + ge = raadhege 'to Radha'
mane + ge = manege 'to house'
naayi + ge = naayige 'to dog'
tarkaari + ge = tarkaarige 'to vegetable'
44/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 6/45
3.1.2 First and second person pronouns take - age as dative
nannu + age = nanage 'to me'
naavu + age = namage 'to us'
niinu + age = ninage 'to you' (sg)
niivu + age = nimage 'to you' (pl. + hon.)
3.1.3 Neuter nouns ending in - a, third person neuter pronouns and numerals take - akke as dative
mara + akke = marakke 'to tree'
kaagadda + akke = kaagadakke 'to the paper'
adu + akke = adakke 'to that'
ondu + akke = ondakke 'to one'
nuuru + akke = nuurakke 'to one hundred'
3.2 Numerals are introduced
ondu 'one' aaru 'six'
eraDu 'two' eeLu 'seven'
muuru 'three' enTu 'eight'
naalku 'four' ombattu 'nine'
aydu 'five' hattu 'ten'
are basic numerals.
These numerals can be further developed by addition and multiplication.
hattu + ondu = hannondu 'eleven'
hattu + eraDu = hanneraDu 'twelve'
hattu + mooru = hadimuuru 'thirteen'
hattu + naalku = hadinaalku 'fourteen'
46/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 6/45
hattu + aydu = hadinaydu 'fifteen'
hattu + aaru = hadinaaru 'sixteen'
hattu + eeLu = hadineeLu 'seventeen'
hattu + enTu = hadineNtu 'eighteen'
hattu + ombattu = hattombattu 'ninteen'
hattu + hattu = ippattu 'twenty'
Note that the numerals from eleven to nineteen (as in english !) have slightly irregular forms and as in English again numerals from twenty onwards are expressed as multiples of ten plus basic numerals.
ippattu + ondu = ippattondu 'twenty one'
ippattu + eraDu = ippatteraDu 'twenty two'
every multiple of ten is expressed by adding the word for ten to a basic number.
muuru x hattu = muuvattu 'thirty'
naalku x hattu = nalvattu 'forty'
aydu x hattu = ayvattu 'fifty'
aaru x hattu = aravattu 'sixty'
eeLu x hattu = eppattu 'seventy'
enTu x hattu = embattu 'eighty'
ombattu x hattu = tombattu 'ninety'
hattu x hattu = nuuru 'hundred'
number above hundred can be similarly derived.
nuura ondu 'hundred and one'
nuura hattu 'hundred and ten'
The possessive marker - a is added to the first numeral. Observe the following examples.
aydu nuura hattu 'five hundred and ten'
ondu saavirada eraDu 'one thousand two'
3.3 beeku 'want' and its corresponding negation beeda 'do not want' are also introduced. Note that beeku and beeda are always obligatorily used with dative subject.
nanage kaafi beeku 'I want coffee'
raajanige niiru beeDa 'Raju doesn't want water'
3.4 eshTu 'how much' is a quantitative interrogative word (either adjective or pronoun). It covers both 'how many' and 'how much'
4. Exercise
4.1 Fill in the blanks using the suitable words
4.1.2 nimma angaDiyalli savtekaayi ________ ?
4.4.2 avaLige inneenu ____________
4.1.3 saroojana vayassu ____________?
4.1.4 ____________ ondu kantege hattu paise.
4.2 Fill in the blanks using the kannada equivalents of the English words given in the bracket
4.2.1 nanage ondu kilo ____________ beku. (brinjal)
4.2.2 ella saamaaniguu ____________ jaasti (price)
4.2.3 __________ ondakke ondu ruupaayi ayvattu paise (egg)
4.2.4 avarige iDLi saambaar ____________ (not wanted)
4.3 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given in the bracket
4.3.1 _________ eenu beeku ? (niivu)
4.3.2 doDDa _________ eshTu ? (kumbaLakaayi)
4.3.3 _________ aaru sTyaamp. (hannerDu ruupaayi)
4.3.4 savteekaayi _________ ? (illa)
4.4. Transform the following according to the model
4.4. Model : beenDeekaayi __________benDeekaayige
maalini__________
ravi__________
naadini __________
Siite __________
mane __________
atte __________
savteekaayi __________
4.4.2 Model : baaLee haNNu ______ baaLee haNNige
kottambari soppu __________
kaalu __________
magaLu __________
avanu __________
avaLu __________
avaru __________
4.4.3 Model : cikkadu _________ cikkadakke
doDDadu ___________
ondu __________
eraDu __________
48/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 6/49
aaru _________
adu __________
4.4.4 Model : naanu _______ nanage
niinu ________
niivu ________
4.4.5 Model : raaju ________ raajuvige
raaamu ________
hasu ________
guru ________
sarayu ________
karu ________
4.4.6 Model : kamala ________ kamalanige
aSooka ________
vinuta ________
maga ________
bhaava ________
4.5 Translate the following into kanndad :
I want a cup of coffee
What is the rent for your house ?
Anitha does not want brinjal
What else do you want ?
How much is the big pumpkin ?
4.6 Use the following in sentences of your own :
aydu jaasti kaDime aameele
4.7 Answer the following questions :
nimage eenu beeku ?
savitana siirege eshTu rupaayi ?
nimma magaLige habbakke hosa langa beeDvaa ?
nimage sambaLa eshTu ?
5. Vocabulary :
aameele 'after wards'
inneenu 'what else'
eshTu 'how much'
kaDime 'less'
kante 'bundle / bunch'
kottumbari soppu 'coriander leaves'
'greens' (vegetables)
kooLimoTTe 'egg'
jaasti more / too much'
ToomyaaTo 'tomato'
tarkaari 'vegetable'
taaja maalu 'fresh stuff'
badanekaayi 'brinjal'
bele 'cost / price'
habba 'festival'
5.1 Supplementary vocabulary :
kaalu 'leg'
baaLe haNNu 'plantain'
benDekaayi 'lady's finger'
50/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 6/51
vayassu 'age'
saamaanu 'things / articles'
savtekaayi 'cucumber'
huraLikaayi 'beans'
Lesson 7/53
LESSON - 7
1. Dialogue :
Kamala : ivattu eshTanee taariiku ? What is the date today ?
Sheela : ivattu hannondanee Today is the eleventhtaariiku
Kamala : naaLe hanneraDanee Tomorrow is twelthtaariiku, mangaLavaara Tuesday. It is a holidaynamage raja for us
Sheela : yaake ? Why ?
Kamala : naaLe namma kaaleejina Tomorrow is the annualvaarshikootsava day of our college
Sheela : mukhya atithi yaaru ? Who is the chief guest ?
Kamala : mukhya atithi The chief guest isDr. sarvajna Dr. sarvajna
Sheela : nimma kaaleeju Is your college a big one?doDDa kaalejaa ?
Kamala : havdu. tumbaa doDDa Yes. It is a very bigkaaleeju college
Sheela : vidyaarthigaLa sankhye What is the number ofeshTu ? students ?
Kamala : vidyaarthigaLa sankhye The number of students isondu saavirada innuuru one thousand two hundred
Sheela : vidyaarthigaLu eshTu How many men students ?jana ? vidyaarthiniyaru How many womeneshTu jana ? students ?
Kamala : vidyaarthigaLu enTu Men are eight hundrednuuru. vidyaarthiniyaru Women are four hundred.naanuuru
Sheela : adhyaapakaru eshTu What is the strength of jana ? teachers ?
Kamala : naavu adhyaapakaru We are sixty teachersaravattu jana
Sheela : adhyaapakiyaru ? Lady teachers ?
Kamala : avaru hattu jana They are ten
Sheela : nimma kaaleejinalli How many rooms are thereeshTu ruumugaLu ive ? in your college ?
Kamala : ippattaydu ruumugalu There are twenty fiveive rooms
1.1 Dialogue
Ravi : nimage eshTu jana How many children havemakkalu ? you ?
Ranga : naalku jana Four children
Ravi : heNNu makkaLu eshTu How many daughters ?jana ? gaNDu makkaLu How many sons ?eshTu jana ?
Ranga : gaNDu makkaLu Three sons and onemuuvaru. heNNu magaLu daughterobbaLu
Ravi : gaNdu makkaLu In which class are theeshTanee klaasu sons ?
Lesson 7/5554/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Ranga : modalaneyavanu B.A The first one is in firstmodalaneya varsha year B.A. Two are inibbaru hayskuulu high school. The daughtermagaLu hyskuulu in the last year of Highkonee varsha school
2. Pattern drill :2.1 ivattu soomavaara Today is Monday
ivattu ippattondaneya Today is twenty first (oftaariiku the month)
naaLe mangaLavaara Tomorrow is Tuesday
naaLe ippatteraDaneya Tomorrow is twentytaariiku second
ninne bhaanuvaara Yesterday was Sunday
ninne ippattaneya Yesterday was twentiethtaariiku
naaDiddu budhavaara The day after tomorrow isWednesday
naaDiddu ippattamuura The day after tomorrow is neya taariiku twenty third
monne Sanivaara The day before yesterdaywas Saturday
aace naaDiddu guru Two days after tomorrowvaara is Thursday
aace naaDiddu ippatta Two days after tomorrownaalkaneya taariiku is twenty fourth
aace monne Sukravaara Two days beforeyesterday was Friday
aace monne hadineeLa Two days before yesterdayneya taariiku was seventeenth
2.2 Srii raama daSarathana Sri Rama was Dasharatha'smodalaneya maga first son
lakshmaNa muuraneya Lakshmana was the thirdmaga son
bharata eraDaneya maga Bharata was the second son
2.3 ivaatu eshTaneya taariiku What is the date today ?
nimma magaLu In which class youreshTaneya klaasu ? daughter is ?
Srii raama daSarathana What (rank) son was RamaeshTaneya maga ? to Dasharatha ?
2.4 adu ondu pustaka That is a book
avu eraDu pustakagaLu Those are two books
ivu naalku pennugaLu These are four pens
ii aydu naayigaLu These five dogs are oursnammavu
2.5 avanu obba huDuga He is a boynaavu ibbaru We are two students
vidyaarthigaLunamma maneyalli eraDu There are two cats in ourbekkugaLu ive. house
avaru muuvaru kannaDa Those three are Kannadavidyaarthiniyaru students (fem)
ivaru naalku jana nanna These four are my youngertammandiru brothers
paaNDavaru ayvaru Pandavas were fivemembers
draupadiya ganDandiru Draupadi's husbands wereaydu jana five in numberavaru ibbaru namma Those two are our servants.aaLugaLu
2.6 iiga hattu gaNTe Now it is ten o' clock
hanneraDu gaNTege It is fifteen minutes to hadinaydu nimisha ide twelve
iiga eraDuuvare gaNTe Now, it is half past two
hannondu mukkaalu The class is at quarter togaNTege klaasu ide twelve
ninage ombattu Do you want coffee at mukkaalu gaNTege quarter to ten ?kkafi beekaa ?
3. Key to Learners :
3.1 The basic numerals are further extended by adding -aneya anee, resulting the numeral adjectives
ondu + aney = ondaneya 'first'
hattu + aneya = hattaneya 'tenth'
nuuru + aneya = nuuraneya 'hundredth'
eshTu also takes aneya /anee and forms the corresponding ordinal interrogation
eshTu + aneya = eshTaneya
anee is the colloquial form of aneya
3.2 The plural markers are introduced. There are three plural markers -andiru, - aru and - gaLu
3.2.1 - andiru is used with relative nouns ending with - a.
anna + andiru = annandiru 'elder brothers'
bhaava + andiru = bhaavandiru 'brothers - in - law'
akka + andiru = akkandiru 'elder sisters'
3.2.2 -aru is used with other human nouns
adhyaapaka + aru = adhyaapakaru 'teachers'
vidyarthini + aru = vidyaarthiniyaru 'girl students'
soase + aru = soseyaru 'daughters - in - law'
3.2.3 -gaLu is used with other neuter nouns
mara + gaLu = maragaLu 'trees'
kurci + gaLu = kurcigaLu 'chairs'
dina + gaLu = dinagaLu 'days'
varsha + gaLu = varshagaLu 'years'
hasu + gaLu = hasugaLu 'cows'
There are few human nouns which take - gaLu as plural marker. But they are exceptional cases.
manti + gaLu = mantrigaLu 'ministers'
guru + gaLu = gurugaLu 'teachers'
vidyaarthi + gaLu = vidyaarthigaLu 'students'
3.3 naavu 'we' first person plural pronoun
3.4 Note, how the basic numerals change into human numerals before a human nounadu ondu mara 'that is a tree'avanu obba huDuga 'He is a boy'
Lesson 7/5756/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
in the same wayeraDu > ibbaru 'two persons'muuru > muuvaru 'three persons'naalku > naalvaru 'four persons'aydu > ayvaru 'five persons'
- aru is not added after five. But from three onwards jana 'person' is the frequent use. Thus the form is,
muuru jana 'three members'
hattu jana 'ten members'
nuuru jana 'hundred members'
jana is also used with eshTu
3.5 Note the use of numerals above thousand
ondu saavirad nuura hattu
'one thousand hundred and ten'
Here saavira takes the possessive marker - a and when nuuru is followed by any numeral, the form used is nuura
nuura enTu 'hundred and eight'saavirada ombynuura nalavatteeLu'One thousand nine hundred and forty seven'
3.6 Srii raama eshTaneya maga ?
The literal translation of the above question is not possible in English. It is a question which anticipates an answer in the forms of an ordinal such as first, second, etc. It can only be translated as non-existent English form ' How manyth ?
4. Exercise :
4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words
4.1.1 ivattu ____________ taariiku ?
4.1.2 bhaanuvaara namage ____________
4.1.3 ravige ____________ makkaLu ?
4.1.4 samaarambhada ____________ Dr. paTTanaayak
4.2 Fill in the blanks using the kannada equivalents of the English words given in the bracket
4.2.1 nanage ____________ magaLu (one)
4.2. maadhaviya ____________ maga yaava klaasu ? (first)
4.2.3 sureeSana maneyalli ________________ ruumugaLu ive (fifteen)
4.2.4 Saalinige ____________ tangiyaru (two)
4.2.5 idu ____________ mane (our)
4.3 Change the following according to the model :
4.3.1 Model : ondu ---- ondaneya
Change : eraDu ______
eshTu
modalu ______
4.3.2 Model : vidyaarthi --- vidyaarthigaLu
Change : mantri _______
aaLu _________
aaspatre _______
mara _________
Lesson 7/5958/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
4.3.3 Model : vidyaarthini --- vidyaarthiniyaru
Change huDugi _________
atte ____________
tangi ___________
huDuga _________
adhyaapaka ______
4.3.4 Model : aNNa _______ aNNandiru
change akka _________
tamma _________
bhaava _________
appa ___________
4.4 Change into Interrogative using the underlined word
4.4.1 ivattu guruvaara
4.4.2 naaLe hattanee taariiku
4.4.3 nanage naalku jana makkaLu
4.4.4 ravige aydu ruupaayi beeku ?
4.4.5 avaLa hesaru Liilaa
4.4.6 adu maalatiya mane
4.4.7 avara maatru bhaashe telugu alla
4.5 Translate into kannada
4.5.1 What day is to day ?
4.5.2 My daughter's birthday is on 10th October
4.5.3 We have two houses in Bangalore
4.5.4 What is the strength of your class ?
4.5.5 How many daughters do you have ?
4.6 Answer the following question
4.6.1 nimma magana / magaLa pariikshe yaavaaga ?
4.6.2 nimage eshTu jana tangiyaru / tammandiru ?
4.6.3 naaLe nimage rajaanaa ?
4.6.4 niivu obbanee / obbaLee / magaLaa maganaa ?
5. Vocabulary :
ivattu 'today'
gaNDu makkaLu 'sons'
janma dina 'birthday'
taariiku 'date'
naaLe 'tomorrow'
mangaLavaara 'Tuesday'
mukhya atithi 'chief guest'
raja 'holiday'
vaarshikootsva 'annual day'
sankhye 'number'
heNNu makkaLu 'daughters / girl's
5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary
aaLu 'servant'
gaNTe 'hours/time, bell'
guruvaara 'Thursday'
nimisha 'minute'
bekku 'cat'
budhavaara 'Wednesday'
bhaanuvaara 'Sunday'
Lesson 7/6160/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
soomavaara 'Monday'
Sanivaara 'Saturday'
Sukravaara 'Friday'
LESSON - 8
1. Dialogue :
BaTTe vyaapaari : eenu beeku saar ? What do you want sir ?
Ramesh : nange SarTige I want cloth for shirtspyaaNTige baTTe beeku and pants
b.v. : yaaava baTTe beeku Which cloth do you wantsaar ? sir ?
Ramesh : SarTige paaliyesTar Ployester for shirts andpyaaNTige Terivul beeku terriwool for pants
b.v. : SarTige Yaava What colour would you bannabeku? want for Shirt Sir?
Ramesh : yaava yaava baNNa ide ? What colours do youhave ?
b.v. : kempu, biLi, nilli Red, white, blue, yellowhaLadi ella ide we have all these
Ramesh : kempu beeDa. adu nange I don't want red. I don'tishTa illa, nilli nange like it. I like blueishTa
b.v. : eshTu beeku saar ? How much do you wantsir ?
Ramesh : eraDu miiTar beeku ? I want two meters
b.v. : SarTige eraDu miiTar Two meters isn't enoughsaalalla for shirt Sir ?
Ramesh : nanage eraDu miiTar Two meters are enoughsaaku for me
62/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
b.v. : pyaaNTige yava baNNa Which colour do youbeeku saar ? want for pants sir ?
Ramesh : pyaaNTige kappu beeku I want black for pants
b.v. : biLiidu beeDavaa saar ? Don't you want whitereemaanDs ide one sir ? Raymonds is
available
Ramesh : beeDa. kariide beeku No. I want black only
b.v. : sari saar Allright sir
Ramesh : nimmalli sveTar ilva ? Don'g you have sweaters ?
b.v. : illa saar. namdee No sir. We have anotherinnondu angaDi ide. alli shop of our own. WesveTar ide have sweaters there.
Ramesh : nimma aa angaDi elli Where is that shop of ide ? yours ?
b.v. : nimage vaasavi klaat Do you know VasavisenTar gottaa ? Cloth Centre ?
Ramesh : illa gottilla No. I don't know
b.v. : sangam thiyeeTar Do you know Sangamgottaa ? theatre ?
Ramesh : havdu, gottu Yes. I know
b.v. : adara pakkadalli ide It is beside that
2. Pattern drill :2.1 aa biLi SarT yaaradu ? Whose that white shirt is ?
ii hasiru langa nannadu This green skirt is mine
ii kempu pennina bele What is the cost of this redeshTu ? pen ?
nanage kappu karcif I don't want a black handbeeDa kerchief
raamanige nilli baaNNa Rama wants blue colourbeeku
rajanige haLadi siire ishTa Rajani likes yellow saree
aa gooDeya baNNa biLi The colour of that wall is white
avara kaarina baNNa teLu The colour of her/his car isniili light blue
Avana Saykal Kaaduniilii His cycle is dark blue.
2.2 ravige kathe pustaka ishTa Ravi likes story books
rajanige kathe pustaka Rajani doesn't like storyishTa illa books
avaLige capaati ishTa illa She doesn't like chapatisnange uppinakaayi ishTa I like pickles
2.3 nimage liDoo taakiis Do you know Lido talkies?gottaa ?
raamanige raavaNa Does Rama know Ravana?gottaa ?
lalitanige hindi sinimaa Does Lalitha like HindiishTaana ? films ?
ivarige kannaDa sinimaa Does'nt he/she likeishTa ilvaa ? Kannada films ?
avaLige hattu ruupaayi Does she want ten rupees ?beekaa ?
nimage kaafi beeDvaa ? Don't you want coffee ?
Lesson 8/6564/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
ivarige ardha kap kaafi Is half cup of coffeesaakaa ? enough for him / her ?
naayige ondu kap haalu Isn't a cup of milk enoughsaalalvaa ? for the dog ?
2.4 nanage maalini gottu I know Malini
avrige raviindra They know Ravindrakalaaksheetra gottu Kalakshetra
huDugarige vidhaana The boys know the way tosaudhada daari gottu Vidhana Soudha
ivarige hindi gottu He/she knows Hindi
manooharge kannaDa Manohar does'nt knowgottilla Kannada
nanage prajaavaaNi I don't know the editor ofsampaadakaru gottilla Prajavani
2.5 bhiimanige aydu doose Five dosas are enough forsaku Bhima
kubeerappanige tingaLige Ten rupees will behattu ruupaayi saaku sufficient for Kuberappa
for a month
nanage dinakke ippatta Twenty four hours a daynaalku gaNTe saalalla is not sufficient for me
avanige tingaLige aynuuru A salary a five hundredruupaayi sambaLa saalalla rupees a month is not
sufficient for him
2.6 aa angaDiyalli akki ide There is rice in that shop.it angaDiyalli pustaka illa There are no books in this
shop
nanna hattira oLLeya There is a good pen withpennu ide me
avara maneyalli There is no clock in his /gaDiyaara illa her house
3. Key to learners :
3.1 The basic colour adjectives are :
biLi 'white'
kapu/kari 'black'
kempu 'red'
hasiru 'green'
haLadi 'yellow'
niili 'blue'
by adding - adu to the colour adjectives predicative forms
can be obtained
biLi + adu = biLiyadu 'white one'kempu + adu = kempadu 'red one'
3.2 beeku 'want'
ishTa 'like'
saaku 'enough'
gottu 'know'
are model or defective verbs. These verbs do not take tenseand personal markers like regular verbs
beeDa 'do not want'
ishTa illa 'do not like'
saalalla 'not enough'
gottilla 'do not know'
Lesson 8/6766/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
are the corresponding negative forms of the above said defective verbs. Note that all these verbs obligatorily take dative subject.
nanage tiNDi beeku 'I want tiffin'
avaLige hattu ruupaayi 'Ten rupees will not be
saalalla sufficient for her'
3.3 illa negates the verb. Compare this with alla, which negates noun.
ninna hattira pennu ideyaa ?
illa. nanna hattira pennu illa
adu ninna pennaa ?
alla, adu nanna tammana pennu
4. Exercises :
4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words :
4.1.1 nanage _________ baNNa ishTa
4.1.2 nimage nanna tande _________ ?
4.1.3 avaLige sangiita tumbaa _________
4.1.4 nanage ninna sahavaasa khaNDita _________
4.1.5 raajuvige iiga kathe pustaka _________
4.2 Fill in the blanks using the kannada equlivalents of the English words given in the bracket :
4.2.1 adu ________ siire (green)
4.2.2 nanage naanuuru ruupaayi sambaLa ______ (not enough)
4.2.3 Saaliniya mane sangam Taakiis _______ ide (beside)
4.2.4 sumanige uuTakke eraDu capaati ______ (don't want)
4.3 Change the following according to the model :
Model : kappu _____ kappadu
Change : hasiru __________
kempu __________
niili __________
biLi __________
4.4 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given in the bracket :
4.4.1 aa langa ____________ (niili)
4.4.2 ravige namma DayrekTar ____________ ? (gottilla)
4.4.3 ravige eraDee eraDu SarTu ____________ ? (saaku)
4.4.4 nimage siire ____________ ? (beeDa)
4.5 Use the following in your own sentences :
(1) yaara
(2) avaradee
(3) haLadi
(4) baTTe
(5) angaDi
4.6 Translate the following sentences into kannada
4.6.1 I don't want blue pen
4.6.2 Do you like capathi for breakfast ?
4.6.3 I don't like that dark red cloth
4.6.4 I want two packets of biscuits
4.7 Answer the following questions
4.7.1 nimage yaava baNNada baTTe ishTa ?
4.7.2 nimage tiNDige capaati ishTaanaa ?
Lesson 8/6968/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
4.7.3 nimage uuTakke eshTu capaati beeku ?
4.7.4 nimage karnaaTakada mukhya mantri gottaa ?
4.7.5 nimage kannaDa sinimaa ishTaanoo hindi sinimaa
ishTaanoo ?
5. Vocabulary :
kappu / kari 'black'
kempu 'red'
niili 'blue
baTTe 'cloth'
baNNa 'colour'
biLi 'white'
haLadi 'yellow'
5.1 Supplementary vocabulary :
akki 'raw rice'
uppinakaayi 'pickles'
uuTa 'meals'
kaDu niili 'dark blue'
teLu niili 'light blue'
gooDe 'wall'
daari 'way/path'
langa 'long skirt'
sampaadaka 'editor'
sahavaasa 'companionship'
haalu 'milk'
LESSON - 9
1. Dialogue :
Vijaya : suma leeDiis ruuminalli Is suma in the ladiesidaaLaa ? room ?
Shashi : illa, avaLu ruuminalli illa No. She is not in theavaLige iiga klaas ide room. She has class. SheavaLu klaasinalli idaaLe is in the class
Vijaya : ninage iiga klaas ilvaa ? Don't you have classnow ?
Shashi : illa. nanage klaas illa. No. I don't I have classmuuru gaNTege klaas ide at three o' clock
Vijaya : nimma profesar uurinalli Is your professor in idaaraa ? town ?
Shashi : illa. avaru uurinalli illa No. He is not in town
Vijaya : sumaa naalku gaNTege will Suma be in theruuminalli irtaaLaa ? room at four o' clock ?
Shashi : iralla. naalku gaNTege No she won't. She willlaybrarilli irtaaLe be in the library at four
o' clock
Vijaya : niinu naalku gaNTege will you be in the librarylaybrariili irtiiyaa ? at four o' clock ?
Shashi : havdu. irtiinii Yes. I will be there
Lesson 9/7170/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
1.1 Dialogue :
Raghava : namaskaara, cennagi Hello. are you well ?
idiiraa ?
Rao : cennagi idiini. nimma Yes I do. Is your father
tande maneyalli idaaraa ? at home ?
Raghava : avaru maneyalli illa No. He is not at home
angaDiili idaare He is in shop
Rao : Yaake ? nimma aNNa Why ? isn't your elder
uurinalli ilvaa ? brother in town ?
Raghava : ibbaruu allee idaare Both are there
Rao : nimma tande maneyalli When will be your father
yaavaga irtaare ? at home ? Will he be at
saayankaala irtaaraa ? home in the evening ?
Raghava : iralla. saayankaala No. he won't. He will
tooTadalli irtaare be in the farm in the
raatri maneyalli irtaarw evening. He will be at
home in the night
2. Pattern drill :2.1 naanu maysuurinalli idini I am in Mysore
naanu iiga hooTelinalli I am in a hotel now
idiini
naavu aafiisinalli idiivi We are in the office
nnavu bengaLuurinalli We are living in
vaasa idiivi Bangalore
niinu elli idiiye ? Where are you ?
niivu yaava biidiyalli In which street tdo youidiiri / live ? (pl+hon.)
niinu yaava uurinalli idiiye ? In which place are you ?niivu elli idiiri / Where are you (pl.+hon.)?
avanu hattanee klaasinalli He is in tenth classidaane
mallikaarjuna maneya Mallikarjuna is inside the oLage idaane House
avaLu haasTelinalli She is in the hostelidaaLe
padma byaankinalli idaaLe Padma is in the Bank
avaru pakkada maneyalli They are in the house nextidaare door
nanna tande taayi uurinalli My father and mother areidare in our home town
pustaka meejina meele ide The book is on the table
haNNugaLu maradalli ive The fruits are on the tree
2.2 naanu saayankaala I will be in the city in the siTiyalli irtiini evening
naavu naaLe We will be in BangalorebengaLuurinalli irtiivi tomorrow
niinu ivattu madhyaanha Where will you be todayelli irtiiye ? afternoon ?
niivu beligge eNTu Where will you be in thegaNTege elli irtiiri ? morning at eight o' clock ?
avanu dinaa sanje aydu He will be in the play-gaNTege aaTada mydaana ground daily at five o' dalli irtaane clock in the evening.
Lesson 9/7372/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
avaLu hattu gaNTege She will be in the collegekaaleejinalli irtaaLe at ten o' clockhasu madhyaanha The cow will be in thetooTadalli iratte. garden in the afternoonkarugaLu maneyalli The calves will be atirtaave home
2.3 avanu uurinalli illa He is not in townaa kaadambari That novel is not in thelaybrariyalli illa Library
2.4 naanu naaLe maneyalli I won't be at homeiralla tomorrowavaru ishTu hottinalli He/she won't be in theangaDiyalli iralla shop at this time
3. Key to learners :
3.1 The verb iru 'to be' introduced in this lesson. iru plays in
important role as a main verb as well as an auxillary verb.
iru verb has two bases in Kannada. They are id - and - ir
id - is used as definite construction, whereas ir - used as
indefinite or habitual construction.
nanna sneeita maneyalli idaane
In this sentence, the friend's presence at home is definite
nanna sneehite madhyanha maneyalli irtaaLe
Here irtaaLe is used as an indefinite construction with
future proposition. This can also be used as habitual as in
the following sentence.
avaLu dinaa naalku gaNTege laybrariyalli irtaaLe
3.1.1 When id - the difinite form is used, it won't take my tense marker. This will be straightaway added to the personal marker
The paradigm is given below :
naanu id - iini naavu id-iivi
niinu id-iiye niivu id-iiri
avanu id-aane
avaLu id-aaLe avaru id-aare
adu id-e avu iv-e
3.1.2 Whereas ir - will be first added to -t- which is non past tense marker, then added to personal marker. Thus obtaining the forms
naanu ir-t-iini naavu ir-t-iivi
niinu ir-t-iiye niivu ir-t-iiri
avanu ir-t-aane
avaLu ir-t-aaLe avaru ir-t-aare
adu iru-tt-e avu iru-t-ve/ir-t-aave
Note that in the third person neut. sg. - t - is doubled
3.1.3 illa and iralla are the corresponding negative forms of id- and ir - respectively
There is no person, number or gender distinction made in the negative construction.
74/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 9/75
3.2 alli is the locative case marker which denotes location.
The changes are of the same of possessive case when
added to the nouns.
4. Exercise :
4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words :
4.1.1 _____________ avanu angaDiyaalli idaane
4.1.2 _____________ namma tande maneyalli irtaare
4.1.3 _____________ ishTu hottinalli angaDiyalli irtaane
4.1.4 nanage hattu gaNTege klaasu _____________
4.2 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given
in the bracket :
4.2.1 nimma akka maneyalli __________ ? (iru)
4.2.2 kamalana tamma uurinalli __________ ? (iru)
4.2.3 nimma naayi sadaa tooTadalli __________ ? (iralla)
4.2.4 aaspatreyalli DaakTaru __________ ? (illa)
4.3 Match the following :
1. niinu yaavaaga maneyalli (a) idaare
2. sumati iiga aaspatreyalli (b) idaane
3. avaru heege (c) irtiiye
4. pustaka meejina meele (d) irtiiri
5. niivu yaavaaga angaDiyalli (e) ide
6. aravindana tamma madaraasinalli (f) idaaLe
4.4 Change in to negative :
4.4.1 kamala amerikaadalli idaaLe
4.4.2 nimma aNNa uurinalli idaaraa ?
4.4.3 nanna pustaka ninna hattira ide
4.4.4 raamaraayaru ishTu hottinalli klabbinalli irtaaraa ?
4.5 Use the following words in your own sentences :
1. beLigge 4. keLage
2. saayankaala 5. uuru
3. tooTa 6. aaTada maydaana
4.6 Translate into kannada
4.6.1 At what time will you be at home ?
4.6.2 Suma won't be there at this time
4.6.3 All the twenty four hours he will be in the club
4.6.4 He is not there
4.6.5 Will you be there at ten o' clock ?
4.7 Answer the following question :
4.7.1 niivu elli vaasa idiiri ?
4.7.2 niivu dinaa saayankaala maneyalli irtiiraa ?
4.7.3 nimage svanta mane ideyaa ?
4.7.4 nimma maneyalli eshTu jana idaare ?
4.7.5 nimma uuru yaava raajyada, yaava jilleyalli ide ?
5. Vocabulary :tooTa 'garden'raatri 'night'saayankaala 'evening'
76/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 9/77
5.1 Supplementary vocabulary :
oLage 'inside'
karu 'calf'
keLage 'below'
gaNTe 'hour'
biidi 'street'
madhyaanha 'afternoon'
meele 'upon / above'
vaasa 'reside / live'
haNNu 'fruit'
horage 'outside'
LESSON - 10
1. Dialogue :
Raju : baa ravi, eenu samaachaara ? Com Ravi. What is the news ?
Ravi : eenuu illa raaju. naavella Nothing Raju. Shall wemundina vaara piknik go for a picnic nexthoogooNavva ? week ?
Raju : aagli. ellige hoogooNa ? Allright. Where shall wego ?
Ravi : nandi beTTakke hoogooNa Let us go to Nandi hills
Raju : yaaru yaaru bartaare ? Who are all will becoming ?
Ravi : moohana, goopala bartaare Mohan and Gopal arecoming
Raju : sureeSa baralvaa ? Isn't Suresh coming ?
Ravi : baralla. avanige He won't come. He hasdhaaravaaDadalli kelasa work in Dharwar. Heide. naaLe hoogtaane goes tomorrow. Hehadinaydu dinada meele comes after fifteen daysbartaane
Raju : manoohara ? Manohar ?
Ravi : avanannu keeLalaa ? Shall I ask him ?
Raju : keeLu. avanuu barali Ask him. Let him alsopiknikkige oLLe kampani come. Let us have airali good company for the
picnic
78/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Ravi : keeLtiini. avanu bartaane I will ask him. He willcome
Raju : mundina bhaanuvaara Let us go next SundayhoogooNa
Ravi : eshTu gaNTege At what time shall wehoraDooNa ? start ?
Raju : beligge enTu gaNTege Let us start at eight o'horaDooNa clock in the morning
Ravi : tiNdi eenu tagoNDu What snacks shall wehoogooNa ? take ?
Raju : eenaadaruu sari. niinu Anything is allright. Yousihi tiNDi tagombaa bring sweets. Letmoohana, goopaala Mohana and GopalpuLiyoogare tarli. naanu bring tamarind rice. IhaNnu tartiini shall bring fruits
Ravi ; heege hoogooNa ? How shall we go ?
Raju : bassinalli hoogooNa. bassu Let us go by bus. Busestumbaa sigutve are available in plenty
Ravi : naavu ellige barooNa ? bas Where shall we come ?sTyaaND hattira Shall we come to the busbarooNvaa ? stand ?
Raju : bas sTyaaND hattira banni You come to the busnaanu allige bartiini stand. I shall come there
2. Pattern drill :
2.1 niinu naaLe namma (you.sg.) Come to my
manege baa house tomorrow
niinu kaafi KuDi (you. sg) Drink Coffeeniinu ii baaLe haNNu (you.sg) Eat this bananatinnuniinu iiga kaaleeJige (you.sg) Go to collegehoogu now
2.2 niivu naaLe namma (you. hon. pl.) Come tomanege banni my house tomorrowniivu kaafi KuDiyiri (you. hon. pl.) Drink
Coffeeniivu ii baaLe haNNu (you. hon. pl.) Eat thistinni banananiivu iiga kaaleeJige (you.hon. pl.) Go tohoogi college now
2.3 naanu nimma manege Shall I come to yournaaLe barlaa ? house tomorrow ?naanu kaafi kuDiyalaa ? Shall I drink coffee ?
2.4 naavu nimma manege Shall we come to yourbarooNavaa ? house ?naavu uurige hoogooNavaa ? Shall we go to home
town ?
2.5 naavu naaLe beLigge Let us go to ChamundicaamunDi beTTakke hill tomorrow morninghoogooNanaavu iiga kaafi Let us drink coffee nowkuDiyooNa
2.6 avanu madaraasige hoogali Let him go to MadrasrameeSa oLage barali Let Ramesh come in
80/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 10/81
Kamala haalu kuDiyali Let Kamala drink themilk
hasu hullu tinnali Let the cow eat the grass
2.7 naanu sinimaakke bartini I shall come to movienaavu dinaa jileebi tintii We eat jileebis everdayniinu beLigge kaafi Do you drink coffee inthe kuDiitiyaa ? morning ?
niivu sanje tiNDi tintiiraa ? Do you eat tiffin in the evening ?
moohana iiga bartaane Mohan comes now
nanna heNDati avaLa My wife will go to hertaayiya manege hoogtaaLe mother's house
nanna maava naaLe My father - in - law comesbartaare tomorrow
magu hallu kuDiyatte The child drinks milk
makkaLu hallu kuDiyutve Children drink milk
3. Key to learners :
3.1 Main verbs are introduced in this lesson. Verb root itself is
used as an imperative, which is always in second person
singular form. Observe the following sentences.
niinu baa 'you come'niinu hoogu 'you go'
The imperative singular forms can be changed into
imperative plural forms by adding -iri or -i , - iri is addeds
to the verbs ending with - i or -e.
kuDi + iri = kuDiyiri 'you (pl. hon.) drinkbare + iri = bareyiri 'you (pl. hon.) write
Note the addition of -y -
-i is added to all other nouns
tinnu + i = tinni 'you (pl. hon.) eat
hoogu + i = hoogi 'you (pl. hon.) go
baa + i = banni 'you (pl. hon.) come
Note that the final -u drops in the above combination.
baa changes into ban before it takes imperative plural
form. taa 'to bring' also behaves like baa. These two verbs
have two bases viz., bar, ban and tar, tan. Observe in the
coming lessons how these bases are added to higher
constructions. These forms are also used as honorafic
singular forms.
3.2 Permissive form is obtained by adding - ali to the verb
root. These forms are operated only with third person
subjects. It is possible with first person singular subject in
interrogative construction. Observe the following
examples
hoogu + ali = hoogali
kuDi + ali = kuDiyali
avanu hoogali 'let him go'
avaLu hoogali 'let her go'
avaru hoogali 'let them go'
adu hoogali 'let it go'
avu hoogali 'let them go'
82/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 10/83
naanu ellige hoogali ? 'Where shall I go' ?naanu eenu kuDiyali ? 'What shall I drink' ?
Note that the above sentences with first person singular subject are in interrogative form making use of interrogative pronouns. It is also possible to have the interrogative sentences by adding -aa, the interrogative suffix, thus obtaining the meaning - 'may I ..........'. - al - will be addid to verb root as infinitive marker and then - aa is added.
naanu uurige hoogalaa ? 'may I go to home town' ?naanu kaafi kuDiyalaa ? 'may I drink coffee ?
3.3 'Let us go' type of structure (which is known as hortative form) is obtained in Kannada by adding - ooNa to the verb root in first person plural subject
hoogu + ooNa = hoogooNa 'let us go'
tinnu + ooNa = tinnoNa 'let us eat'
kuDi + ooNa = kuDiyooNa 'let us drink'
tar + ooNa = tarooNa 'let us bring'
When the iterrogative suffix - aa is added to hortative form, -v- is added as an addition
hoogooNa + aa = hoogooNavaa ? 'shall we go ?'barooNa + aa = barooNavaa ? 'shall we come ?'
3.4 Non-past tense marker - t - is introduced with main verbs. Strictly speaking there is no present tense marker in Kannada. Traditonal grammars describe -t- as present tense marker and -v- as future tense marker. However in modern spoken Kannada the difference between these two
tenses is nullified. - t - is used as non-past tense marker. The future ideas are expressed by adding time aspect to the non-past tense form
naanu kaafi kuDiitiini 'I drink coffee'
naanu naaLe uurige hoogtiini 'I will go to mynative placetomorrow'
The structure of non - past tense isverb root + non-past tense + pronminal
termination
hoogu + t + iini = hoogtiini
The subject and the predicate agreement in verbal construction is strictly maintained in Kannada
Observe the following paradigm
naanu hoog - t - iini naavu hoog - t -iivi(hoogutteene) (hoogutteeve)
niinu hoog - t - iiye niivu hoog - t - iiri(hooguttiiye) (Hooguttiiri)
avanu hoog-t-aane avaru hoog-t-aare(hooguttaane) (hooguttaare)
avaLu hoog-t-aaLe(hooguttaaLe)
adu hoogu-tt - e / hoog - t - ade avu hoog - t - ave /hooga - t - ve
(hooguttade) (hooguttave)
The forms given in paranthesis are standard written forms
84/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 10/85
3.1.5 The non-past negation is obtained by adding alla to the verb root
tinnu + alla = tinnalla 'do not eat'
kuDi + alla = kudiyalla 'do not drink'
There is no number, gender distinction in negative construction.
3.1.6 The accusative (objective case) marker - annu/anna is also introduced in this lesson. Accusative case marker is mostly optional with neuter nouns. It is obligatorily used with human nouns and plural nouns.
4. Exercise
4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words
4.1.1 ______ bhaanuvaara bengaLuurige hoogooNa
4.1.2 naanu _________ tarali ?
4.1.3 _________ bas sTyaaND hattira banni
4.1.4 _________ beLigge kaafi kudiitaane
4.1.5 siitaa naaLe uurige _________
4.2 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given in the bracket
4.2.1 ayyoo. naanu eenu ____________ ? (maaDu)
4.2.2 paapa. avanu manege ___________ (hoogu)
4.2.3 naavu uurige eshTu gaNTege ______ ? (horaDu)
4.2.4 sandhya yaavaaga amerikaakke ______ ? (hoogu)
4.2.5 niivu naaLe namma manege ___________ (baa)
4.3 Interrogate
4.3.1 havdu. idu pustaka
4.3.2 aagaLi. hoogooNa
4.3.3 illa. raaju baralla
4.3.4 havdu. bassu eNTu gaNTege horaDatte
4.4 Change the form according to the model
4.4.1 Model : avanu + annu = avanannu
Change : ivanu _______
avaLu _______
adu _________
kaaDu _______
bassu ________
4.4.2 Model : mara + annu = maravannu
Change : pustaka _______
hanNa ________
dina __________
4.4.3 Model : mane + annu = maneyannu
Change : naayi _________
kathe _________
siite __________
ravi __________
4.5 Use the following verbs with non - past tense markers in all persons
1. baru 2. horaDu 3. tinnu
4. keeLu 5. kuDi
86/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 10/87
4.6 Translate into kannada
4.6.1 I listen to music over the radio ?
4.6.2 Who will come with you ?
4.6.3 What shall I bring for you ?
4.6.4 Let him go to a movie
4.6.5 Please, take this coffee
4.6.6 Shall we go to Mangalore today ?
4.7 Answer the following questions
4.7.1 niivu ivattu saayankaala ellige hoogtiiri ?
4.7.2 niivu yaava kelasa maaDtiiri ?
4.7.3 niivu ivattu sanje sinimaake hoogtiiraa ?
4.7.4 rajaa dinadalli nimma manege sneehitaru bartaaraa ?
4.75 niivu beligge eshTu ganTege tinDi tintiiri ?
5. Vocabulary :
keLu 'to ask / to listen'
togoNDu hoogu 'to carry'
tagombaa 'to bring'
tiNDi 'snacks' / 'breakfast'
nandi beTTa 'Nandi hills'
puLiyoogare 'tamarind rice'
baa 'to come'
mundina vaara 'next week'
sigu 'to be available'
sihi tiNDi 'sweets'
horaDu 'to start'
hoogu 'to go'
5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary
iiga 'now'
kuDi 'to drink'
tinnu 'to eat'
hullu 'grass'
88/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 10/89
¥ÁoÀ - 11
1. Dialogue :
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : £Á£ÀÄ zsÁgÀªÁqÀPÉÌ I have to go to
ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. §¸ï ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt Dharwar. is the bus
M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÉÆÃ, gÉÊ¯ï ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt journey or train jour
M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÉÆà ? ney better ?
ªÀÄÆwð : §¸ï ¥ÀæAiÀiÁtQÌAvÀ gÉʯï Train journey is better
¥ÀæAiÀiÁt M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ. than bus journey. The
§¹ìVAvÀ gÉÊ°UÉ bÁdÄð train fare is less than
PÀrªÉÄ. §¹ì£À°è the bus fare. Don't go
ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃr by bus.
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : gÉʯï AiÀiÁªÀ ªÀiÁUÀð Which way does the
ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ ? train go ?
ªÀÄÆwð : CgÀ¹ÃPÉgÉ ªÀiÁUÀð ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ It goes via Arasikere
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : CzÀÄ MAzÉà ªÀiÁUÁð£Á ? Is that the only route ?
ªÀÄÆwð : UÀÄAvÀPÀ¯ï ªÀiÁUÁð£ÀÆ One can go via
ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. Guntakal also
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ºÀwÛgÀ ? Which one is shorter ?
ªÀÄÆwð : UÀÄAvÀPÀ¯ïVAvÀ CgÀ¹ÃPÀgÉ The Arasikere route is
ªÀiÁUÁð£Éà ºÀwÛ shorter than the
Guntakal route
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ºÀħâ½î zsÁgÀªÁqÀ JgÀqÀÆ Are Hubli and
ºÀwÛgÀ EªÉAiÀiÁ ? Dharwar close to each
other ?
ªÀÄÆwð : ºËzÀÄ. CªÉgÀqÀÆ CªÀ½ Yes. They are twin
£ÀUÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ. cities
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ºÀħâ½î zÉÆqÀØzÉÆà Is Hubli or Dharwar
zsÁgÀªÁqÀ zÉÆqÀØzÉÆà ? bigger ?
ªÀÄÆwð : zsÁgÀªÁqÀQÌAvÀ ºÀħâ½î Hubli is bigger than
zÉÆqÀØzÀÄ Dharwar
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ¹UÀÄvÉÛ ? Which one comes first ?
ªÀÄÆwð : ºÀħâ½î ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ¹UÀÄvÉÛ Hubli comes first
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : QvÀÆÛgÀÄ JPïì¥Éæ¹ì£À°è Can one go quickly in
¨ÉÃUÀ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÁ ? the Kittor express ?
ªÀÄÆwð : ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. C°è Yes. Where do you
J°èUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ ? have to go there ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : AiÀÄƤªÀ¹ðnUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ I have to go to the
gÉʯÉé ̧ ÉÖõÀ£À°è DmÉÆà University. Are autos
¹UÀÄvÁé ? availabel at the railway
station ?
ªÀÄÆwð : ¹UÀÄvÉé. DzÀgÉ DmÉÆÃzÀ°è Yes the are. But
ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃr. ̈ ÉÃPÁzÀµÀÄÖ don't go by auto
§¸ï ¹UÀÄvÉé. §¹ì£À°è Plenty of busses are
ºÉÆÃV available. Go by bus
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÀÄÄA¢£À ̧ ÉÆêÀĪÁgÀPÉÌ Is a seat available for
gÉÊ°£À°è ¹Ãmï ¹UÀ§ºÀÄzÁ? next Monday ?
90/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 11/91
ªÀÄÆwð : PÀµÀÖ. MAzÀÄ ªÁgÀ ªÉÆzÀ¯Éà Difficult. It has to bej¸Àªïð ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. EµÀÄÖ reserved one weekvÀqÀ ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ earlier. You shouldn't
delay things this much.
2. Pattern drill2.1 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjVAvÀ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ Mysore is smaller than
aPÀÌzÀÄ. Bangalore
gÁªÀĤVAvÀ gÁªÀt Ravana is braver than
zsÉÊAiÀÄð±Á°. Rama
±Á°¤VAvÀ ªÀiÁ°¤ aPÀ̪À¼ÀÄ Malini is younger/
smaller than Shalini
CªÀ£ÀÄ £À£ÀVAvÀ JvÀÛgÀ He is taller than me
D ¥ÀPÀëQÌAvÀ F ¥ÀPÀë M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ This party is better
than that party.
¸ÉêÀAwUÉ ºÀÆVAvÀ UÀįÁ© A rose is more beautiful
ºÀÆ ̧ ÀÄAzÀgÀ than a cryasnthemum
gÀA¨sÉVAvÀ ªÉÄãÀPÉ §ºÀ¼À Menaka is more
¸ÀÄAzÀj beautiful than Rambha
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjVAvÀ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ Mysore is a more
¸ÀÄAzÀgÀªÁzÀ £ÀUÀgÀ beautiful city than
Bangalore
2.2 £Á£ÀÄ HjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ I have to go to my
home town
¤ÃªÀÅ £À£ÀUÉ ºÀvÀÄÛ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä You have to give me
PÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ ten rupees
¥Àæw¢£Á ̈ ɽUÉÎ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï One must read the
NzÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ newspapers every
morning
PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è J®ègÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀ Everyone in Karnataka
PÀ°AiÀĨÉÃPÀÄ should learn kannada
2.3 ¤Ã£ÀÄ D PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃqÀ (You) Don't do that
(deed)
¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉZÀÄÑ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrAiÀĨÉÃr (You) Don't drink too
much coffee
2.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ M¼ÀUÉ §gÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ You may come in
CªÀgÀÄ £Á¼É ªÀÄzÁæ¹UÉ He may go to Madras
ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. tomorrow.
2.5 zsÀƪÀÄ¥Á£À ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ One shouldn't smoke
¤Ã£ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ̈ ÉÊAiÀÄPÀÆqÀzÀÄ You shouldn't scold
him
ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ ¢£Á ¹¤ªÀiÁ Children shouldn't see
£ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ movies everyday
¤Ã£ÀÄ D ºÀÄrVAiÀÄ£ÀÄß You shouldn't see that
£ÉÆÃqÀPÀÆqÀzÀÄ. girl.
2. Key to learners :
3.1 - inta is the comparitive marker. It is used to compare two subjects or objects. Kannada has no distinction of degrees in adjective itself unlike.
92/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 11/93
English. Only intensifiers like 'bahaLa', 'tumba' 'tiira', are used to indicate the superlative degree. - inta is always used with dative subject.
nanage kannaDa sinimakkinta hindi sinimaa ishTa. bengaLuuriginta kalkatta doDDa nagara.
3.2 Definitive, permissive and prohibitive forms of the verbs also introduced.
definitive forms are obtained by adding 'beeku' 'beeDa', to the main verbs. 'beeDa', is added to only second person. Wheas 'beeku', can be added to all persons.
niinu ivattu uurige hooga beeDa Dont go to hometown today
niivu namma manege bara beeDi (You pl/hon.)don't come toour house
naanu bahaLa beega hoogabeku I have to gosoon
niinu aa pustaka ooda beeku You have to readthat book
avanu hattu ruupayi koDa beeku He has to giveten rupees.
permissive forms of the verbs are obtained by adding - bahudu to the main verbs. Although this is called perrmissive, it can also denotes probability.
niinu nanna jate barabahudu You may come with me
naanu sanje ninage sigabahadu I may meet youin the evening.
avanu naaLe barabahudu He may cometomorrow.
There are two prohibitive forms viz., - baaradu, and kuuDadu, The later one is used as strong prohibition.
adkhikaarigaLu lanca tegedukoLLa baaraduOfficers should not take bribe
makkaLu sigareeT seeda kuuDaduChildren shouldn't smoke
4. Exercise
4.1 Fill in the blanks using the suitable words :
4.1.1 ºÉÊzÀgÁ¨Ázï ¹PÀAzÀgÁ¨Ázï JgÀqÀÆ ______ £ÀUÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
4.1.2 gÉ樀 ªÀÄzÁæ¸ï ____________ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ.
4.1.3 _________ ̈ sÁ£ÀĪÁgÀ £Á£ÀÄ ̈ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
4.1.4 JPïì¥Éæ¸ï §¹ì£À°è __________ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
4.2 Combine the following sentences using the comparitive marker :
4.2.1 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ zÉÆqÀØ ¥ÀlÖt
ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ aPÀÌ ¥ÀlÖt
4.2.2 gÁªÀĤUÉ ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÀµÀð
®PÀëöät¤UÉ ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀÄ ªÀµÀð
4.2.3 F ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ
D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ PÉlÖzÀÄ
4.2.4 PÀªÀÄ® ̧ ÀÄAzÀj«ªÀÄ® vÀÄA¨Á ̧ ÀÄAzÀj
94/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 11/95
4.3 Use the following words in your own sentences :
¨ÉÃPÁzÀµÀÄÖ, ̈ ÉÃUÀ, ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt, ªÀiÁUÀð, ªÉÆzÀ®Ä, PÀrªÉÄ
4.4 Translate into Kannada :4.4.1 Mysore is smaller than Bangalore
4.4.2 Train journey is more comfortable than bus journey
4.4.3 She is taller than me
4.4.4 You may go now
4.4.5 Please, don't talk to me
4.4.6 I have to go to Delhi next week
4.4.7 You should not smoke
4.4.8 He shouldn't do that work
4.5 Answer the following questions
4.5.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¢£Á ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ PÉ®¸ÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÁ ?
4.5.2 ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉVAvÀ ¤ªÀÄä ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ ªÀÄ£É a£ÁßVzÉAiÀiÁ ?
4.5.3 ¤ªÀÄVAvÀ ¤ªÀÄä vÀªÀÄä / vÀAVãÉà JvÀÛgÁ£Á ?
4.5.4 ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¹UÀgÉÃmï ̧ ÉÃzÀPÀÆqÀzÁ ?
5. VocabularyCªÀ½ £ÀUÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 'twin cities'
ZÁdÄð 'fare'
vÀqÀ 'late'
¥ÀæAiÀiÁt 'journey'
¨ÉÃUÀ 'early/quickly'
ªÀiÁUÀð 'route/via'
4.1 Supplementary vocabulary :JvÀÛgÀ 'tall'
PÀ° 'to learn'
UÀįÁ© 'rose'
zsÀƪÀÄ¥Á£À 'smoking'
zsÉÊAiÀÄð±Á° 'brave person'
¥ÀPÀë 'party'
¨ÉÊAiÀÄÄ 'to scold'
¸ÀÄAzÀgÀ 'beautiful (N)'
¸ÀÄAzÀj 'beautiful women'
¸ÉêÀAwUÉ 'crysanthemum'
ºÀÆ 'flower'
96/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 11/97
¥ÁoÀ - 12
1. Dialogue :
¸ÀÄgÉñï : ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgÀ, PÀtÚ£ïUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ When is the Kannada
¥ÀjÃPÉë AiÀiÁªÁUÀ ? examination for
Manohar and Kannan ?
gÀªÉÄñï : ªÀÄÄA¢£À wAUÀ¼ÀÄ Next month
¸ÀÄgÉñï : F ̧ Áj£ÁzÀÄæ ¥Á¸ï Will they get through
ªÀiÁqÁÛgÁ ? this time atleast ?
gÀªÉÄñï : K£ï ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉÆà UÉÆwÛ®è No idea as to what they
will do
¸ÀÄgÉñï : CªÀjUÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÉÆÃzÀÄ, Do they know to speak
§gÉAiÉÆÃzÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV §gÀÄvÁÛ ? and write well ?
gÀªÉÄñï : ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgïUÉ ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃPÉÌ Manohar knows well to
ZÉ£ÁßV §gÀvÉÛ. §gÉAiÉÆÃzÀPÉÌ speak. He doesn't know
§gÀ®è to write.
¸ÀÄgÉñï : CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÉÆÃzÀPÉÌ He goes for tuition to
lÆåµÀ£ïUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ£É learn kannada
gÀªÉÄñï : ºÉÆÃUÁÛ£É CµÉÖ He goes, that is all
¸ÀÄgÉñï : PÀtÚ£ï ? Kannan ?
gÀªÉÄñï : CªÀ£ÀÄ §gÉAiÀħ®è. DzÀgÉ He can write, but can't
ªÀiÁvÁqÀ¯ÁgÀ speak
¸ÀÄgÉñï : M§â §gÉAiÉÆÃzÀ£Àß C¨sÁå¸À One has to practise to
ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. E£ÉÆߧâ write. The other has to
ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃzÀ£Àß C¨sÁå¸À practise to speak. By
ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. CzÀÄ doing that they can get
ªÀiÁqÉÆÃzÀjAzÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è through.¥Á¸ÁUÀ§®ègÀÄ
gÀªÉÄñï : ºËzÀÄ. PÀtÚ£ï Yes. kannan has no
¥Á¸ÁUÉÆÃzÀgÀ°è C£ÀĪÀiÁ£À doubt of passing the
E®è. ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgïzÉà examination. Only
C£ÀĪÀiÁ£À Manohar has doubts
¸ÀÄgÉñï : AiÀiÁPÉ ? CªÀ£ÀÄ ̧ ÀjAiÀiÁV Why doesn't he try
¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀߥÀqÀ®èªÁ ? properly ?
gÀªÉÄñï : ¥ÀqÀ®è. CzÉà vÉÆAzÀgÉ He soesn't. That is the
problem
¸ÀÄgÉñï : CªÀ¤UÉ ºÉüÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. He should be told
gÀªÉÄñï : CzɯÁè ºÉüÉÆÃzÀ®è. CªÀ¤UÉà These things can't be
CxÀð DUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ told. He must under
stand it himself.
2. Pattern drill :
2.1 £À£ÀUÉ PÀxÉ PÉüÉÆÃzÀÄ EµÀÖ. I like listening to stories
ºÀÄqÀÄUÀjUÉ §Ä¢ÝªÁzÀ ºÉüÉÆÃzÀÄ It is easy to advise
¸ÀÄ®¨sÀ youngsters
HlzÀ ªÀÄzsÉå ¤ÃgÀÄ PÀÄrAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ It is unhealthy to drink
C£ÁgÉÆÃUÀå water in the middle of a
meal
Lesson 12/99
¤Ã£ÀÄ §gÉAiÉÆÃzÀ£Àß £Á£ÀÄ I should see what you
£ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ write
CªÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃzÀ£Àß AiÀiÁgÀÄ Who will listen to her
PÉüÁÛgÉ ? talk ?
PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÉÆÃzÀjAzÀ ̄ Á¨sÀ EzÉ There is advantage in
learning KannadaPÉlÖ ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀzÀjAzÀ One gets headache by
vÀ¯É£ÉÆêÀÅ §gÀÄvÉÛ seeing bad films
CªÀgÀÄ Hl ªÀiÁqÉÆÃzÀPÉÌ They go to hotel to eat
ºÉÆÃmÉ°UÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛgÉ meals
CªÀ¼ÀÄ dUÀ¼À DqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ She is ready to quarrelvÀAiÀiÁgÀÄ
¨ÁåAQUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÀÅzÀgÀ°è vÀqÀ There will be a delay
DUÀÄvÉÛ in going to the bank
CªÀ£ÀÄ zɺÀ°¬ÄAzÀ ̧ Éélgï There is no doubt about
vÀgÀĪÀÅzÀgÀ°è C£ÀĪÀiÁ£À E®è his bringing sweaters
from Delhi
¸ÀÄgÉñÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀgÀ (Rhetorical question
ªÀÄÄAzÉ EªÀ£ÉãÀÄ ? implying) In speaking
kannada he is nothingwhen compared to Suresh
2.2 D ¤ÃgÀÄ PÀÄrAiÉÆÃzÀ®è That water is not fit to
drink¤ªÀÄäAxÀªÀgÀÄ CAxÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ Persons like you should
NzÉÆÃzÀ®è. not read such books.
CªÀgÀÄ EAxÀ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÉÆÃzÀ®è They shouldn't do such
a thing.
2.3 £Á£ÀÄ MAzÀÄ Q¯ÉÆëÄÃlgï NqÀ I can run a kilometer§¯Éè
£ÁªÀÅ »A¢ ZÉ£ÁßV §gÉAiÀħ¯ÉèªÀÅ We can write Hindi well
¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ Erè w£Àߧ¯ÉèAiÀiÁ ? Can you eat ten idlis ?
¤ÃªÀÅ ̈ ɽUÉÎ DgÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ Can you come at six o'
§gÀ§°ègÁ ? clock in the morning ?
gÀªÉÄñï ZÉ£ÁßV ºÁqÀ§®è Ramesh can sing well
PÀªÀÄ® ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è gÁåAPï Kamala can get a rank
§gÀ§®è¼ÀÄ in the examination
CªÀgÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV UÀ¯ÁmÉ ªÀiÁqÀ§®ègÀÄ They can make a lot of
noise
F ̧ ÀÆÌlgï M¼Éî ̧ À«ð¸ï This scooter can give
PÉÆqÀ§®èzÀÄ service
¹ÃªÉÄ ºÀ¸ÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉZÀÄÑ ºÁ®£ÀÄß Hybrid cows can give
PÉÆqÀ§®èªÀÅ more milk
2.4 £Á£ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ ̄ ÁqÀÄ w£À߯ÁgÉ I can't eat ten laddus
¤Ã£ÀÄ CªÀjUÉ ̧ Á«gÀ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä Can't you give them a
PÉÆqÀ¯ÁgÉAiÀiÁ ? thousand rupees ?
D ¥ÀwæPÉ vÀÄA¨Á ¢£À That news paper can't
G½AiÀįÁgÀzÀÄ last very long
2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ He struggles a lot to
vÀÄA¨Á PÀµÀÖ¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛ£É speak Kannada
good
100/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 12/101
§qÀªÀgÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á zÀÄBR¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛgÉ Poor people suffer a lot
²æêÀÄAvÀgÀÄ §ºÀ¼À ̧ ÀÄR ¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛgÉ The rich enjoy
themselves a lot
3. Key to learners :
3.1 Gerundial or verbal nouns are obtained by adding 'vudu/oodu' to the verbs. It is equivalent to - ing in English. It functions as noun as well as adjective.
tinnuvudu / tinnoodu 'eating'
maaDuvudu / maaDoodu 'doing'
After the verbs are transformed into nouns by adding 'vudu / oodu'. the case markers can be added.
cennaagi uuTa maaDuvudannu kali
Learn to eat well
JagaLa maaDuvudarida kelsa aagutte
The work will be get done by quarrelling
kaafi kuDiyuvudakke hooTelige hoogi
Go to hotel to drik coffee
nritya nooDuvudaralli nanage aasakti illa
I have no interest in seeing the dance
Note that - alu can be substituted for the dative case marker in verbal noun construction
avanu' kaafi kuDiyalu hooTelige hoogtaane
He goes to hotel to drink coffee
The negative verbal noun is obtained by the addition of 'alla' to the verbal noun, and it is used only as a part of predicate.
keeLoodalla 'not to be listened'maaDoodalla 'not to be done'
Verbal noun with comparative marker - inta gives the meaning 'instead' or 'rather than'
aa sinima nooDoodakkinta summaniroodu oLLeyadu
'Instead of seeing that film, it is better to be quiet'.
3.2 bal - and aar - are the positive and negative potential markers respectively.
After adding these markers to personal markers, they are used in the compound construction with the infinitive form of the main verbs.
tinna - bal - e = tinnaballe 'I can eat'tinna - laar - e = tinnalaare 'I can't eat'
Note how they are used with all personal nouns.
naanu maaDaballe naavu maDaballevumaaDalaare maaDalaarevu
niinu maaDaballe niivu maaDaballirimaaDalaare maaDalaariri
avanu maaDaballamaaDalaara
avaLu maaDaballaLu avaru maaDaballarumaaDalaaraLu maaDalaararu
adu maaDaballadu avu maaDaballavumaaDalaaradu maaDalaaravu
'balla' is also has another meaning 'to know' in independent position.
102/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 12/103
3.3 - inda in Kannada is instrumental as well as ablative case. Although - inda is a homophonus form.
functionally it maintains the distinction. Observe the following sentences.
avanu pennininda bariitaane
'He writes with pen'
avanu aafisige haasTelininda bartaane
'He comes from hostel to office'
In the above sentences, first one is instrumental and the second one is ablative.
Instrumental denotes the accomplishment of the action with an instrument.
Ablative denotes the source from which action began.
3.4 paDu 'to feel' is used with nouns like kashTa, sukha, dukha, santoosha etc. (nouns expressing feelings.) , thus getting the compound verbs like, kashTapaDu, sukha paDu. dukha paDu
4. Exercise :
4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words :
4.1.1 ªÉÄʸÀÆjUÉ _____________ §¸ÀÄì ¹UÀÄvÁÛ ?
4.1.2 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á ___________ ªÉÄʸÀÆjUÉ §gÁÛ£É
4.1.3 CªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£É E°èUÉ §ºÀ¼À ___________
4.1.4 ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è gÁåAPï vÉUÉzÀÄPÉƼÀÄîªÀÅzÀPÉÌ _________ ¥ÀqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
4.2 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the words
given in the bracket :
4.2.1 CªÀ¼ÀÄ __________ AiÀiÁgÀÄ PÉüÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ ? (ºÁqÀÄ)
4.2.2 CªÀgÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄ __________ PÀµÀÖ (PÉüÀÄ)
4.2.3 D ¹¤ªÀiÁ _________ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ (£ÉÆÃqÀÄ)
4.2.4 D ¤ÃgÀÄ ________ (PÀÄr)
4.3 Transform into negative sentences :
4.3.1 CªÀgÀÄ D PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀ§®ègÀÄ
4.3.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ FUÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÁ ?
4.3.4 CªÀ¼ÀÄ D ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
4.3.4 ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ̧ ÉÃzÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
4.3.5 D ºÀtÄÚ w£ÉÆßÃzÀÄ
4.4 Combine the following and use them is your own
sentences :
4.4.1 ªÀÄgÀ + C£ÀÄß = __________
PÁgÀÄ + C£ÀÄß = __________
£Á£ÀÄ + C£ÀÄß = __________
CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ + C£ÀÄß = __________
4.4.2 ªÀÄ£É + EAzÀ = __________
ªÀÄgÀ + EAzÀ = __________
HgÀÄ + EAzÀ = __________
¸ÉßûvÀ + EAzÀ = __________
104/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 12/105
4.4.3 ªÀÄÆgÀÄ + dative case = __________
CªÀ£ÀÄ + dative case = __________
¥É£ÀÄß + dative case = __________
CzÀÄ + dative case = __________
£Á¬Ä + dative case = __________
4.4.4 ¹n + C°è = __________
PÀxÉ + C°è = __________
PÁqÀÄ + C°è = __________
EzÀÄ + C°è = __________
4.5 Transform the following verbs into Gerundial forms. Add
all the case markers and use them in your own sentences :
ªÀiÁqÀÄ, PÉüÀÄ, ¹UÀÄ, §gÀÄ
4.6 Translate into Kannada :
4.6.1 Savita can drink ten cups of coffee
4.6.2 Who asked you to come here ?
4.6.3 He cannot do that work
4.6.4 Can you sing a song ?
4.6.5 He is going to the hotel to eat a meal
4.6.6 One should not speak like that
4.7 Answer the following questions :
4.7.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß ©qÀ¯ÁjgÁ ?
4.7.2 ¤ªÀÄUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ / ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ §gÀÄvÁÛ ?
4.7.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ K£ÁzÀgÀÆ M¼ÉîAiÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀ§°ègÁ ?
4.4.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¢£Á ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÉÄÊ° NqÀ§°ègÁ ?
5. Vocabulary :
CxÀð DUÀÄ 'to understand'
C£ÀĪÀiÁ£À 'doubt'
F ̧ Áj 'this time'
vÉÆAzÀgÉ 'trouble'
¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀߥÀqÀÄ 'to try'
ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄ 'to speak'
5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary :
C£ÁgÉÆÃUÀå 'ill health'
G½ 'to remain / to stay'
Hl 'meals'
NzÀÄ 'to read'
NqÀÄ 'to run'
PÀµÀÖ¥ÀqÀÄ 'suffer / try hard'
UÀ¯ÁmÉ 'noise '
dUÀ¼À 'quarrel'
vÀ¯É £ÉÆêÀÅ 'head ache'
zÀÄBR¥ÀqÀÄ 'suffer'
¤ÃgÀÄ 'water'
¥ÀwæPÉ 'paper/magazine'
§Ä¢ÝªÁzÀ 'advice'
106/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 12/107
ªÀÄzsÉå 'middle / centre'
¯Á¨sÀ 'advantage / profit'
¹ÃªÉÄ ºÀ¸ÀÄ 'hybrid cow'
¸ÀÄR ¥ÀqÀÄ 'enjoy'
¸ÀÄ®¨sÀ 'easy'
ºÁqÀÄ 'song/sing'
ºÁ®Ä 'milk'
ºÉüÀÄ 'to say'
¥ÁoÀ - 13
1. Dialogue :
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ zÀ¸ÀgÁ FUÀ®Æ Is Mysore Dasara still
DZÀgÀuÉAiÀÄ°è EzÉAiÀiÁ ? celebrated ?
gÀªÉÄñï : ºËzÀÄ, FUÀ £ÁqÀºÀ§âªÁV Yes. It is now celebrated
DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ as a state festival
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : AiÀiÁgÀÄ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ? Who celebrates it ?
gÀªÉÄñï : PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ̧ ÀPÁðgÀzÀªÀgÀÄ The karanataka goven-
vÁªÉà DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ment celebrates it
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ gÁdªÀA±ÀzÀªÀgÀÄ Don't the descendents of
DZÀj¸À¯Áé ? the Mysore king
celebrate it ?
gÀªÉÄñï : CªÀgÀÄ vÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è They celebrate it at
DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ. CµÉÖ home. That is all
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀªÀgÀÄ JµÀÄÖ ¢£À For how many days
DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ? government celebrates it ?
gÀªÉÄñï : MA§vÀÄÛ ¢£À DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ They celebrate if for
nine days
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : MA§vÀÄÛ ¢£À K£ÀÄ What do they do for
ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ ? nine days ?
gÀªÉÄñï : CgÀªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¢£Á ̧ ÀAVÃvÀ They arrange musical
PÀZÉÃj K¥Àðr¸ÁÛgÉ. F concerts daily in the
PÀZÉÃjUÉ ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ palace. They invite
108/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 13/109
¸ÀAVÃvÀUÁgÀ PÀgɸÁÛgÉ. famous musicians to
zÀ¸ÀgÁ QæÃqÉÆÃvÀìªÀ £ÀqɸÁÛgÉ these concerts. They
conduct Dasara sports.
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£Á£ÀÆ EgÀÄvÀÛ ? Will there be an
exhibition too ?
gÀªÉÄñï : ºËzÀÄ. ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£À Yes. The exhibition iszÀ¸ÀgÁzÀ MAzÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå one of the main DPÀµÀðuÉ. ªÉÆzÀ®£Éà attractions of Dasara.¢£Á£Éà CzÀ£Àß It will be inauguratedGzÁÏn¹¸ÁÛgÉ. on the first day itself.
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : CgÀªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ¢Ã¥Á®APÁgÀ Will there be illuminationEgÀÄvÁÛ ? of the place ?
gÀªÉÄñï : EgÀvÉÛ. CgÀªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß Yes. They decorate the«zÀÄå¢ÝÃ¥ÀUÀ½AzÀ palace with electricC®APÀj¸ÁÛgÉ. £ÀUÀgÀzÀ lights. The main streets ªÀÄÄRå ©Ã¢UÀ¼À£ÀÄß of the city are also«zÀÄå¢ÝÃ¥ÀUÀ½AzÀ decorated with electricC®APÀj¸ÁÛgÉ lights.
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : zÀ¸ÀgÁzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR DPÀµÀðuÉ What is the mainAiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ? attraction of Dasara ?
gÀªÉÄñï : dA§Æ¸ÀªÁj. «dAiÀÄzÀ±À«Ä The elephant parade¢£ÀzÀ ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉ The procession of the
Vijayadashami day ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : DªÀvÀÄÛ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ ? What do they do on that day ?
gÀªÉÄñï : DªÀvÀÄÛ ̈ sÀĪÀ£ÉñÀéjAiÀÄ£ÀÄß They worship ¥ÀÆf¸ÁÛgÉ. DªÉÄÃ¯É CzÀ£Àß Bhuvaneswari on that
D£É ªÉÄÃ¯É ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉ day. Afterwards it (the ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ. ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉAiÀÄ°è idol) is taken on¨ÉÃgÉ ̈ ÉÃgÉ f¯ÉèAiÀÄ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ elephant back in«±ÉõÀUÀ¼ÀÄ EgÀÄvÉé. procession. The
specialities of different
districts will also be there
in the procession.
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉ J°èUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ ? Where does the
procession go ?
gÀªÉÄñï : CzÀÄ §¤ß ªÀÄAl¥ÀPÉÌ It goes to the
ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ. C°è ̧ ÀAeÉ Bannimantap. There will
mÁZïð¯ÉÊmï ¥ÉÀgÉÃqï be a torch light parade
EgÀÄvÉÛ. C°è «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ in the evening. Students,
¥ÉÆðù£ÀªÀgÀÄ, ºÉÆÃA Police, Homegaurds
UÁqïðUÀ¼ÀÄ ««zsÀ provide entertainment
ªÀÄ£ÀgÀAeÉ£À ¤ÃqÁÛgÉ there.
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : £Á£ÀÆ MAzÀÄ ̧ Áj I should also see it once£ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ
2. Pattern drill :
2.1 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è GUÁ¢ ºÀ§â The Ugadi festival is
DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ. celebrated in Karnataka
«zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀzÀ ªÀÄÄAzÉ The statue of Ambedkar
CA¨ÉÃqÀÌgï ¥ÀæwªÉÄ will be erected in front
¥ÀæwµÁצ¸ÁÛgÉ of Vidhana Soudha
CgÀªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß «zÀÄå¢ÝÃ¥ÀUÀ½AzÀ The palace will be
C®APÀj¸ÁÛgÉ illuminated with electric
bulbs.
110/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 13/111
£Á£ÀÄ ¢£Á gÁwæ PÀ£ÀªÀj¹Ûä Every night I talk in
dream
£ÁªÀÅ EAVèö¤AzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ We translate from
¨sÁµÁAvÀj¹Ûë. English to Kannada
CªÀgÀÄ gÉÃrAiÉÆÃzÀ°è EªÀvÀÄÛ They will interview a
¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÀnAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ̧ ÀAzÀ²ð¸ÀÄvÁÛgÉ film actress on the radio
today.
2.2 gÁªÀÄgÁªï ̧ ÀAVÃvÀ PÀ°¸ÁÛgÉ Rama Rao teaches music
vÁ¬Ä ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄr¸ÁÛ¼É Mother feeds milk
to the baby
£ÁªÀÅ CªÀ¤AzÀ ̧ ÀvÀå ºÉý¹Ûë We will make him to
utter the truth
CªÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄUÉ ºÉƸÀ PÁgÀÄ They will show us a new
vÉÆÃj¸ÁÛgÉ car
CªÀgÀÄ UÀÆAqÁUÀ½AzÀ £À£ÀߣÀÄß They will have beaten
ºÉÆqɸÁÛgÉ me by hoodlums
gÀªÀiÁ vÀ£Àß vÀAVAiÀÄ vÀ¯É ̈ Áa¸ÁÛ¼É Rama will get her
younger sisters haircombed.
2.3 vÁ¬Ä ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ̧ ÀgÉÆÃf¤¬ÄAzÀ Mother gets the baby
ºÁ®Ä PÀÄr¹¸ÁÛ¼É fed with milk by
sarojini
£Á£ÀÄ £À£Àß ̧ ÉßûvÀ¤UÉ £À£Àß I will have my friend
vÀªÀÄä¤AzÀ ̈ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ shown round Bangalore
vÉÆÃj¹¹Ûä by my younger brother.
2.4 vÁªÀÅ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ? Who are you (extra hon)?
2.4 vÀªÀÄä ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ K£ÀÄ ? What is your Name ?
(May I know yourname?)
2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ vÀ£Àß PÉ®¸À vÁ£Éà ªÀiÁqÁÛ£É He does his work himself
¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀªÀgÀÄ vÁªÉà zÀ¸ÀgÁ The government itself
DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ celebrates Dasara
2.6 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è GUÁ¢ ºÀ§â Ugadi festival is celeb-
DZÀgÀuÉ ªÀÄqÁÛgÉ rated in Karnataka
CªÀgÀÄ ¢£Á zÉêÀgÀ¥ÀÆeÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ He worships God daily.
PÀªÀÄ® £À£ÀߣÀÄß C£ÀÄPÀgÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ¼É Kamala imitates me
3. Key to learners :
3.1 - isu in kannada has two functions. (1) as verbaliser. (2) as
causative. It functions as verbaliser when added to
borrowed nouns and as a causative, when added to native
verbs.
3.2 The function of verbaliser is to change a noun into a verb.
By adding __ isu to the loan words from Sanskrit and Urdu,
verbs can be derived. This is now being extended to the
nouns borrowed from English also.
112/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 13/113
Sanskrit nouns :
priiti + isu = priitisu 'to love'
dukha + isu = dukhisu 'go grieve'anveeshaNe + isu = anveeshisu 'to search'aacaraNe + isu = aacarisu 'to celebrate'alankaara + isu = alankarisu 'to decorate'SooshaNe + isu = Sooshisu 'to exploit'eerpaaDu + isu = eerpaDisu 'to arrange'
Urdu nouns :jamaavaNe + isu = jamaayisu 'to muster'cunaavaNe + isu = cunaayisu 'to elect'
English Nouns :
foon + isu = foonisu
Tayp + isu = Taypisu
Note that the above mouns can also be changed into verbs by compounding them with 'maaDu'
Priiti maaDu
alankaara maaDu
eerpaadu maaDu
jamaavane maaDu
cunaavane maaDu
foon maaDu
3.1.2 The causative denotes the action performed through an agent. Causative can be derived from both transitive and intransitive verbs.
The transitive verb is the one which takes an object and the intransitive does not.
naanu avaninda aa kelasa maaDistiini
'I will get that work done by him'
avaLu avaninda kaagada bareyistaaLe'She gets the letter written by him'
In the above sentences isu is added to the verbs maaDu and bare. Both of these verbs are transitive verbs. They take objects 'kelasa' and 'kaagada' respectively
naanu ooDtiini 'I run'naanu malgtiini 'I sleep'
In the above sentences 'ooDu' and 'malagu' are intintransitive verbs. They do not take objects. However by adding - isu they can be converted into transitive.
naanu avanannu ooDistiini'I make him run'
avaLu maguvaanu malagistaaLe'she puts the baby to sleep'
Here ooDu and malagu are added to - isu and becomes transitive verbs. Some of the transitive verbs have an inherent -isu. They also take - isu and form the causative meaning.
naanu avarige karnaaTaka tooristiini . (Transitive)
I show them KarnaTaka (myself)
naanu avarige KarnaaTaka toorsistiini (causative)
I get some one to show them round karnaTaka
114/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 13/115
4. Exercise
4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words.
4.1.1 zÀ¸ÀgÁzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR DPÀµÀðuÉ _______
4.1.2 «dAiÀÄzÀ±À«ÄAiÀÄ ¢£À ̈ sÀĪÀ£ÉñÀéjAiÀÄ ________ ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ
4.1.3 zÀ¸ÀgÀ ̧ ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è __________ K¥Àðr¸ÁÛgÉ
4.1.4 FUÀ zÀ¸ÀgÁ ________ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ
4.1.5 CgÀªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ___________ C®APÀj¸ÁÛgÉ.
4.2 Transform the following sentences into verbaliser
4.2.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ vÉ®ÄV¤AzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ̈ sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£É
4.2.2 °Ã¯Á ¢£Á zÉêÀgÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀÆeÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ¼É.
4.2.3 ¸ÀÄzÀ±Àð£À C«ÄvÁ¨ï §ZÀÑ£ï£À£ÀÄß C£ÀÄPÀgÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£É
4.2.4 gÀ« ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀ¯Á M¨ÉÆâgÀ£ÉÆߧâgÀÄ ¦æÃw ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ
4.2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV zÀ¨ÁªÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£É.
4.3 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the verbs given inthe bracket
4.3.1 vÁ¬Ä ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ºÁ®Ä _________ (PÀÄr)
4.3.2 CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ______________ (PÀ°)
4.3.3 CªÀgÀÄ ¹n¬ÄAzÀ vÀgÀPÁj ___________ (vÀgÀÄ)
4.3.4 gÀªÉÄñÀ £À£ÀUÉ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ ______________ (vÉÆÃgÀÄ)
4.3.5 CªÀgÀÄ CªÀ¤AzÀ ̧ ÀvÀå ________________ (ºÉüÀÄ)
4.4 Answer the following questions.
4.4.1 FUÀ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ zÀ¸ÀgÁ AiÀiÁgÀÄ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ? ºÉÃUÉ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ?
4.4.2 zÀ¸ÀgÁ JµÀÄÖ ¢£À DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ?
4.4.3 zÀ¸ÀgÀ ̧ ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è K£ÀÄ PÁAiÀÄðPÀæªÀÄ EgÀÄvÉÛ ?
4.4.5 zÀ¸ÀgÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR DPÀµÀðuÉ K£ÀÄ ?
4.4.5 §¤ßªÀÄAl¥ÀzÀ°è K£ÀÄ PÁAiÀÄðPÀæªÀÄ EgÀÄvÉÛ ?
5. Vocabulary
CgÀªÀÄ£É 'palace'
DZÀgÀuÉ 'celebration'
DPÀµÀðuÉ 'attraction'
GzÁÏl£É 'inauguration'
K¥ÁðqÀÄ 'arrangement'
QæÃqÉÆÃvÀìªÀ 'sports festival'
dA§Æ¸ÀªÁj 'elephant parade'
¢Ã¥Á®APÁgÀ 'illumination'
£ÁqÀºÀ§â 'state festival'
¥ÀÆf¸ÀÄ 'to worship'
ªÀÄ£ÀgÀAd£É 'entertainment'
ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉ 'procession'
gÁd 'king'
ªÀA±À 'family'
ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£À 'exhibition'
«zÀÄå¢ÝÃ¥À 'electric bulb'
¸ÀAVÃvÀUÁgÀgÀÄ 'musicians'
¸ÀAVÃvÀ PÀZÉÃj 'music concert'
116/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 13/117
5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary
C£ÀÄPÀgÀuÉ 'imitation'
PÀ£ÀªÀj¸ÀÄ 'to talk in dreams'
PÀ°¸ÀÄ 'to teach'
vÀ¯É¨ÁZÀÄ 'comb the hair'
vÉÆÃj¸ÀÄ 'to show'
¥ÀæwªÉÄ 'statue'
¥ÀæwµÁ×¥À£É 'install'
¨sÁµÁAvÀgÀ 'translation'
¸ÀvÀå 'truth'
¸ÀAzÀ²ð¸ÀÄ 'to intervies'
ºÉÆqÉ 'to beat'
¥ÁoÀ - 14
1. Dialogue :
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ When did you come to
§AzÉ ? Bangalore ?
ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : ¤£Éß ̧ ÀAeÉ §AzÉ I came yesterday evening
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ §AzÉ ? At what time did you come ?
ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : ¸ÀAeÉ K¼ÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ §AzÉ I came at seven o' clockin the morning
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : AiÀiÁPÉ CµÀÄÖ vÀqÀ ? Why were you so late ?
ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : mÉæöÊ£ÀÄ vÀqÀªÁV §AvÀÄ The train came late
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¤Ã£ÉƧâ£Éà §AzÉAiÀiÁ ? Did you come alone ?
ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : E®è £À£Àß eÉÆvÉ £À£Àß vÀAV No. My younger sister
§AzÀ¼ÀÄ. came with me
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¤£Àß vÀªÀÄä §gÀ°¯Áé ? Didn't your youngerbrother come ?
ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : §gÀ°®è. CªÀ£ÀÄ £À£Àß He didn't. He went with
CtÚ£À eÉÆvÉ ªÀÄzÁæ¹UÉ my elder brother to
ºÉÆÃzÀ Madras
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¤ªÀÄä vÁ¬ÄãÀÆ ºÉÆÃzÀgÁ? Did your mother also go ?
ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : E®è. CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®è No. She didn't go. Next
CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄÄA¢£À ªÁgÀ week she is coming here.E°èUÉ §gÁÛgÉ.
118/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 14/119
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¨Á, wAr w£ÀÄß Come, have tiffin
ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : ¨ÉÃqÀ. DUÀ¯Éà wAr wAzÉ No. I have had it already
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : PÁ¦üãÁzÀgÀÆ PÀÄr ̈ Á Come. at least have
coffee
ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : PÁ¦üãÀÆ PÀÄrzÉ. DzÀgÀÆ I had coffee also. All
¸Àé®à PÉÆqÀÄ right, given me a little
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : FUÀ UÀAmÉ JµÀÄÖ ? What is the time now ?
ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : FUÀ ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀÄ UÀAmÉ Now it is eleven o' clock
AiÀiÁPÉ wAr EµÀÄÖ ̄ ÉÃlÄ ? Why breakfast is so late ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : EªÀvÀÄÛ vÀqÀªÁV JzÉÝ Today I got up late. It is
¨sÁ£ÀĪÁgÀ £ÉÆÃqÀÄ sunday, you see
ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : ¸Àj, ̈ ÉÃUÀ wAr w£ÀÄß All right eat soon. Let
gÀªÉÄñÀ£À ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ us go to Ramesh's
ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃt house.
1.1 Dialogue :¸ÀÄgÉñï : ¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÀßqÀ J°è PÀ°wj ? Where did you learn
Kannada ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°è PÀ°vÉ I learnt it in Mysore
¸ÀÄgÉñï : C°è J°è PÀ°wj ? Where did you learn itthere ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : C°è zÀQët ¥ÁæAwÃAiÀÄ I learnt it in the southern¨sÁµÁ PÉÃAzÀæzÀ°è PÀ°vÉ Regional Language
Centre there.
¸ÀÄgÉñï : AiÀiÁªÀ ªÀµÀð PÀ°wj ? In which year did you
learn it ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¸Á«gÀzÀ MA¨ÉÊ£ÀÆgÁ I learnt it in 1980JA§vÀÛgÀ°è PÀ°vÉ.
2. Pattern drill :
2.1 £Á£ÀÄ ̈ ɽUÉÎ JAlÄ UÀAmÉUÉ JzÉÝ I got up in the morning
at eight
£ÁªÀÅ Hj¤AzÀ ¤£Éß §AzɪÀÅ We came from our home
town yesterday
¤Ã£ÀÄ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÉAiÀiÁ ? Did you drink coffee ?
¤ÃªÀÅ D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ vÀA¢gÁ ? Did you bring that book ?
gÁdÄ ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ºÉÆqÉzÀ Raju beat the child
gÁt QlQ vÉUÉzÀ¼ÀÄ Rani opened the windows
CªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀߣÀÄß PÀgÉzÀgÀÄ They called me
ºÀ¸ÀÄ ºÀÄ®Äè wAzÀªÀÅ The cow ate the grass
PÀgÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄrzÀªÀÅ The calves drank the milk
2.2 ©ºÁgÀzÀ°è d«ÄãÁÝgÀgÀÄ Zamindars killed coolies
PÀÆ°AiÀĪÀgÀ£ÀÄß PÉÆAzÀgÀÄ in Bihar
¨sÁgÀvÀ QæPÉnÖ£À°è UÉ¢ÝvÀÄ India won the cricket
CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ «zÁåyðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß The teachers scolded the
¨ÉÊzÀgÀÄ. students.
120/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 14/121
CªÀgÀÄ MAzÀÄ ¥ÀvÀæ §gÉzÀgÀÄ. He/she wrote a letter.
£Á£ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÀ« ¸ÀAeÉ MAzÀÄ Ravi and I walked a
Q¯ÉÆ«ÄÃlgï £ÀqÉzɪÀÅ. kilometer in the evening
PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ CgÀtåzÀ°è ªÀÄgÀ PÀrzÀgÀÄ Thieves cut the trees in
the forest.
CªÀgÀÄ F ¸Áj ºÉZÀÄÑ PÀ§Äâ They grew more sugar
¨É¼ÉzÀgÀÄ. cane this time.
ºÀÄqÀÄV zÁjAiÀÄ°è ©zÀݼÀÄ The girl fell on the road
CUÀ¸À §mÉÖ MUÉzÀ. The washerman washed
the clothes.
ZÀ¼ÀĪÀ½PÁgÀgÀÄ PÁ£ÀÆ£ÀÄ ªÀÄÄjzÀgÀÄ The agitators broke the
law.
ªÀÄUÀÄ ¸ÀUÀt vÀĽ¬ÄvÀÄ. The child stepped on
cow dung.
£Á£ÀÄ §¹ìUÉ vÀÄA¨Á ºÉÆvÀÄÛ PÁzÉ I waited a long time for
the bus
¤£Éß CªÀgÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è EzÀÝgÀÄ He/she was in Bangalore
yesterday
CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ£Àß ¸ËAzÀAiÀÄð¢AzÀ She fascinated him with
CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ¸É¼ÉzÀ¼ÀÄ her beauty
2.3 ²Ã® DlzÀ°è ¸ÉÆÃvÀ¼ÀÄ. Sheela lost in the game
UÁA¢üÃf ZÀgÀPÀ¢AzÀ £ÀÆvÀgÀÄ. Gandhiji spun with a
spinning wheel.
¸ÀPÀð¸ï zÀÄgÀAvÀzÀ°è £ÀÆgÁgÀÄ Hundreds of people died
d£À ¸ÀvÀÛgÀÄ in the circus tragedy.
¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÃUÉ D «µÀAiÀĪÀ£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÉwj? How did you forget thatCªÀ£À£ÀÄß ¸É¼ÉzÀ¼ÀÄ her beauty
ªÀÄUÀÄ ºÀÆ QwÛvÀÄ The child plucked the flower
¤ÃªÀÅ ¸ÀAVÃvÀ J°è PÀ°wj ? Where did you learnmusic ?
¥ÀzÀä UÀAqÀÄ ªÀÄUÀÄ ºÉvÀÛ¼ÀÄ Padma gave birth to amale child
gÉÊvÀgÀÄ ºÉÆ® GvÀÛgÀÄ Peasants ploughed the field.
2.4 ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ eÉÆÃgÁV CvÀÛªÀÅ. Children cried loudly
CªÀgÀÄ ¤zsÁ£ÀªÁV PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÀgÀÄ They drank coffeeslowly.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀÆÌlj£À°è ªÉÃUÀªÁV She went fast on theºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ. scooter.
2.5 ¨sÁgÀvÀ ºÁQAiÀÄ°è ¥ÁQ¸ÁÛ£ÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É India didn't win againstUɮ谮è. pakistan in hockey.
§¸ÀÄì £À¢UÉ ©Ã¼À°®è The bus didn't fall intothe river
¥ÀPÀÌzÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÀÄ UÀįÁ© ºÀÆ The neighbours didn'tQüÀ°®è pluck the roses.
£À£Àß vÀAzÉ £À£ÀUÉ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄ°®è My father didn't writeto me a letter
F zÉñÀzÀ°è ºÀ¹«¤AzÀ AiÀiÁgÀÆ No body died out of¸ÁAiÀÄ°®è hunger in this country.
122/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 14/123
3. Key to learners :
3.1 Past tense markers are introduced in this lesson. There are
many past tense markers in Kannada. Among them -d -
and -t are introduced in this lesson. There is no
conditioning to specify which verb takes -d- and -t - as past
marker. A list of verbs are given to facilitate the learner.
Ther structure of the past construction is,
verb root + personal termination.
The personal termination of the pronouns are given below
with verb root tinnu
person singular plural
First naanu tin-d-e (nu) naavu tin-d-evu
Second niinu tin-d-e niivu tin-d-iri
Third. Mas. avanu tin-d-a (nu) avaru tin-d-aru
Human Fem. avaLu tin-d-aLu
Neuter adu-tin-tu avu tin-d-avu
tin-d-itu
Third person neut. sg. has two personal terminations
namely -tu and -itu. -tu will be directly added to the verb
root. -itu is added with past tense.
The list of a few verbs with take - d - as past tense.
ºÉÆÃUÀÄ 'to go' ºÉÆÃzÉ
w£ÀÄß 'to eat' wAzÉ
PÀÄr 'to drink' PÀÄrzÉ
J¼É 'to pull' J¼ÉzÉ
PÀ¼É 'to subtract' PÀ¼ÉzÉ
vÀĽ 'to push down' vÀĽzÉ
ªÀÄÄj 'to break' ªÀÄÄjzÉ
¨É¼É 'to grow' ¨É¼ÉzÉ
MUÉ 'to wash' MUÉzÉ
PÀr 'to cut' PÀrzÉ
£ÀqÉ 'to walk' £ÀqÉzÉ
§gÉ 'to write' §gÉzÉ
PÉÆAiÀÄÄå 'to reap' PÉÆAiÉÄÝ
PÁAiÀÄÄ 'to wait' PÁAiÉÄÝ/PÁzÉ
©Ã¼ÀÄ 'to fall' ©zÉÝ
¨Á 'to come' §AzÉ
vÁ 'to bring' vÀAzÉ
vÉUÉ 'to open' vÉUÉzÉ
PÀgÉ 'to call' PÀgÉzÉ
PÉÆ®Äè 'to kill' PÉÆAzÉ
K¼ÀÄ 'to get up' JzÉÝ
EgÀÄ 'to be' EzÉÝ
UÉ®Äè 'to win' UÉzÉÝ
C£ÀÄß 'to say' CAzÉ
ºÉÆqÉ 'to beat' ºÉÆqÉzÉ
vÉÆ¼É 'to wash' vÉƼÉzÉ
124/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 14/125
The list of a few verbs which take - t - as past tense.
¸ÉÆÃ®Ä 'to be defeated' ¸ÉÆÃvÉ
QüÀÄ 'to pluck' QvÉÛ
PÀ° 'to learn' PÀ°vÉ
D¼ÀÄ 'to weep' CvÉÛ
¸ÁAiÀÄÄ 'to die' ¸ÀvÉÛ
ºÉgÀÄ 'to give birth' ºÉvÉÛ(Human)
G¼ÀÄ 'to plough' GvÉÛ
£ÀÆ®Ä 'to weave' £ÀÆvÉ
ªÀÄgÉ 'to forget' ªÀÄgÉvÉ
Note the changes in some of the verbs, when -d- past-tense is added.
kollu + d + e = kondebayyu + d + e = baydeeeLu + d + e = eddegellu + d + e = geddebiiLu + d + e = biddekaayu + d + e = kaayde/kaadehoogu + d + e = hoode
- t - past tense :
kiiLu + t + e = kitte
saaytu + t + e = satte
soolu + t + e = soote
heru + t + e = hette
3.1.2 Past negation is obtained by adding -illa to the verb root. -al an infinitive suffix will be added to verb root before it takes illa.
tinnu + al + illa = tinnalilla
There is no Person, gender distinction. Negation is same for all persons and genders.
3.3 -ee is an emphatic marker. This is used to give emphasis on the intended category.
idee liDoo Taakiis
'This is Lido Talkies
naanu aagalee tiNdi tinde
'I have already taken tiffin'
3.4 Adverb can be derived by adding aagi to adjectives or nouns. When the adjective is a qualitative or a quantitative adjective aagi is added to their predicative forms.
keTTadaagi, hosadaagi, doDDadaagi
With other nouns and adjectives aagi is added to their base forms :
tadavaagi, kempaagi, cennagi
4. Exercise :
4.1 Fill in the blanks using the past tense forms of the verbs given in the bracket :
4.1.1 CªÀgÀÄ ¤£Éß Hj¤AzÀ _____________ (¨Á)
4.1.2 ±ÉÊ® ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è ZÉ£ÁßV _______________ (§gÉ)
4.1.3 CªÀ¼ÀÄ MAzÀÄ ºÉtÄÚ ªÀÄUÀ ________________ (ºÉgÀÄ)
4.1.4 ªÀÄUÀÄ gÁwæ ªÀÄÆgÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ _____________ (K¼ÀÄ)
126/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 14/127
4.1.5 £Á£ÀÄ ¤£ÀUÁV vÀÄA¨Á ºÉÆvÀÄÛ ____________ (PÁAiÀÄÄ)
4.1.6 CªÀgÀÄ DlzÀ°è _______________ (¸ÉÆîÄ)
4.1.7 gÉ樀 C¥ÀWÁvÀzÀ°è LzÀÄ d£À ______________ (¸ÁAiÀÄÄ)
4.1.8 £ÁªÀÅ ¤£Éß ̈ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è _________________ (EgÀÄ)
4.2 Transform into past :
4.2.1 ªÀÄzsÀÄ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄrAiÀÄÄvÁÛ£É
4.2.2 ªÀÄUÀÄ zÁjAiÀÄ°è ©Ã¼ÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
4.2.3 PÀªÀÄ® ̧ ÀAVÃvÀ PÀ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ¼É.
4.2.4 CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛ¼É
4.2.5 gÁªÀÄ gÁªÀt£À£ÀÄß PÉÆ®ÄèvÁÛ£É.
4.3 Transform into non-past :
4.3.1 ¥ÀzÀä UÀAqÀÄ ªÀÄUÀÄ ºÉvÀÛ¼ÀÄ
4.3.2 gÉÊvÀgÀÄ ºÉÆ® GvÀÛgÀÄ
4.3.3 gÁt QlQ vÉUÉzÀ¼ÀÄ
4.3.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ vÀA¢gÁ ?
4.3.5 £Á£ÀÄ §mÉÖ MUÉzÉ.
4.4 Transform into negative :
4.4.1 £Á£ÀÄ ̈ ɽUÉÎ DgÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ JzÉÝ
4.4.2 K¼ÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÉ.
4.4.3 £ÁªÀÅ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ZÉ£ÁßV ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃzÀÄ PÀ°vɪÀÅ
4.4.4 £Á£ÀÄ D «µÀAiÀÄ ªÀÄgÉvÉ
4.4.5 vÀAzÉ £À£ÀߣÀÄß ̈ ÉÊzÀgÀÄ.
4.5 Translate into Kannada :
4.5.1 I wrote a letter to my friend
4.5.2 We walked three miles yesterday
4.5.3 She wept for half an hour.
4.5.4 He died of heart attack
4.5.4 He called me a fool.
5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary :
CgÀtå 'forest'
Dl 'game'
PÀ§Äâ 'sugarcane'
PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ 'thieves'
PÁUÀzÀ 'paper'
PÁ£ÀÆ£ÀÄ 'law'
QlQ 'window'
PÀÆ° 'coolie'
ZÀgÀPÀ 'spinning wheel'
ZÀ¼ÀĪÀ½UÁgÀgÀÄ 'agitators'
d«ÄãÁÝgÀ 'zamindar'/'landlord'
zÀÄgÀAvÀ 'tragedy'
£À¢ 'river'
¥ÀvÀæ 'letter'
gÉÊvÀgÀÄ 'peasants'
«µÀAiÀÄ 'thing/matter'
¸ÀUÀt 'cowdung'
128/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 14/129
¸É¼É 'to fascinate'
¸ËAzÀAiÀÄð 'beauty'
ºÀ¹ªÀÅ 'bunger'
ºÀÄ®Äè 'grass'
ºÉÆ® 'field'
130/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
¥ÁoÀ - 15
1. Dialogue :
gÁdÄ : ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¤£Éß ªÉÆúÀ£ï ¹PÀÌ£Á ? Did you meet Mohan
yesterday ?
gÁªÀÄÄ : E®è. ¹UÀ°®è. ¤£ÀUÉ ¹PÀÌ£Á ? No. He didn't Did you
meet him ?
gÁdÄ : ºËzÀÄ. ¹nAiÀÄ°è ¹PÀÌ Yes. I met him in the city.
¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÉÆÃPÉ ºÉÆÃVÛä He told me that he was
CAvÀ CAzÀ. going to see you
gÁªÀÄÄ : E®è. ¤£Éß §gÀ°®è. K£ÀÄ No. He didn't come yester
¸ÀªÀiÁZÁgÀ ? day. What is the matter ?
gÁdÄ : CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ©lÖ£ÀAvÉ He said that he left the job
gÁªÀÄÄ : AiÀiÁPÉ ? Why ?
gÁdÄ : CªÀgÀ vÀAzÉ Hj£À°è d«ÄãÀÄ It seems his father bought
PÉÆAqÀgÀAvÉ. CzÀPÉÌ land at his place. That is
why.
gÁªÀÄÄ : K£ÀÄ d«ÄãÀÄ ? What land ?
gÁdÄ : vÉAV£À vÉÆÃl. EªÀ£ÀÄ CzÀgÀ A coconut plantation. It
ªÉÄðéZÁgÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£ÀAvÉ appears he will look after
that.
gÁªÀÄÄ : JµÀÄÖ JPÀgÉ ? How many acres ?
gÁdÄ : ºÀvÀÄÛ JPÀgÉ Ten acres
gÁªÀÄÄ : JµÀÄÖ PÉÆlÖgÀÄ ? How much did they pay ?
gÁdÄ : MAzÀÄ ®PÀë PÉÆlÖgÀÄ CAzÀ He said that they paid onelakh
gÁªÀÄÄ : ¥ÀgÀªÁV®è. PÀrªÉÄ ̈ ɯÉãÉ. Not bad. It isn't a bigprice
1.1 Dialogue :
CgÀ«AzÀ : ¤£Éß ̈ ɽUÉÎ JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉ Till what time did you
vÀ£ÀPÀ Dl Dr¢j ? play yesterday morning ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉ vÀ£ÀPÀ DrzɪÀÅ We played till ten o' clock
CgÀ«AzÀ : AiÀiÁgÀÄ UÉzÀÝgÀÄ ? Who won ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : CªÀgÀÄ UÉzÀÝgÀÄ, £ÁªÀÅ They won, we lost¸ÉÆÃvɪÀÅ
CgÀ«AzÀ : DªÉÄÃ¯É K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁr¢j ? What did you do
ºÁ¸ÉÖ°£À¯Éèà E¢ÝgÁ ? afterwards ? Were you in
the hostel ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : D ªÉÄÃ¯É ̧ ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁrzÉ. Afterwards I took bath.
¸ÀĪÀiÁgÀÄ MAzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ Around one o' clock I ate
Hl ªÀiÁrzÉ. JgÀqÀÄ meal. I slept from two o'
UÀAmɬÄAzÀ £Á®ÄÌ clock until four.
UÀAmɪÀgÉUÉ ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁrzÉ.
CgÀ«AzÀ : ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®èªÁ ? Didn't you go to the city ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : LzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ ºÉÆÃzÉ I went at five o' clock.
CgÀ«AzÀ : AiÀiÁgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ºÉÆâj ? Who all went ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : £Á£ÀÄ gÀªÉÄñÀ ºÉÆÃzɪÀÅ Ramesh and I went
CgÀ«AzÀ : AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ ¹¤ªÀiÁ Did you see any movie ?£ÉÆÃr¢gÁ ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : E®è. AiÀiÁªÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ£ÀÆ No. Wandered here and
£ÉÆÃqÀ°®è. JAlÄ UÀAmÉUÉ there till eight o' clock. We
C°è E°è ̧ ÀÄvÁÛrzɪÀÅ had coffee in Kamath. We
PÁªÀÄvï£À°è PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzɪÀÅ. returned at nine o' clock.MA§vÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÁ¥À¸ï§AzɪÀÅ.
2. Pattern drill
2.1 ªÉÆúÀ£À¤UÉ PÉ®¸À ¹QÌvÀÄ Mohan got a job.
gÁdÄ £À£ÀUÉ zÁjAiÀÄ°è ¹PÀÌ I met Raju on the way
ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ PÁè¹£À°è £ÀPÀÌgÀÄ The boys laughed in the
class.
F wAUÀ¼À ̧ ÀA§¼ÀzÀ°è ºÀvÀÄÛ Ten rupees remained out of
gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä «ÄQÌvÀÄ. this month's salary.
PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ ªÀÄ£É ºÉÆPÀÌgÀÄ. Thieves entered the house
2.2 PÀĪÀiÁgÀ £À£ÀUÉ ºÀvÀÄÛ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä Kumar gave me ten rupeesPÉÆlÖ
UÀÆAqÁUÀ¼ÀÄ ¥ÀæeÁªÁt Hoodlums burnt the
¥ÀwæPÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ̧ ÀÄlÖgÀÄ prajavani newspaper.
CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉlÖ ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀ He was spoiled in the
¸ÀºÀªÁ¸À¢AzÀ PÉlÖ company of bad boys.
Lesson 15/133132/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
£Á£ÀÄ ̈ ÁrUÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ©mÉÖ I left the rented house.
¤ÃªÀÅ ºÀtªÀ£ÀÄß ̈ ÁåAQ£À°è Did you keep the money in
EnÖgÁ ? the bank ?
£À£Àß ̧ ÉßûvÉ ºÉƸÀ ¹ÃgÉ GlÖ¼ÀÄ. My friend (fem). put on a
new saree.
§¸ÀÄì ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ ºÉÆgÀnvÀÄ. Bus started at ten o' clock.
¤ÃªÀÅ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄAzÉ JµÀÄÖ How many coconut plants
vÉAV£À VqÀ £ÉnÖj ? did you plant in front of
your house ?
ªÀiÁ«£À ºÀtÄÚ PÉnÖvÀÄ. The mango fruit was spoilt.
ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ ºÀ§âzÀ ¢£À ºÉƸÀ §mÉÖ Children put on new clothes
vÉÆlÖgÀÄ. on the festive day.
2.3 gÁªÀÄgÁAiÀÄgÀÄ ºÉƸÀ ªÀÄ£É Rama Rao bought a new
PÉÆAqÀgÀÄ. house.
D¼ÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ gÁV ªÀÄÄzÉÝ GAqÀgÀÄ. Servants ate ragi balls.
£Á£ÀÄ zÁjAiÀÄ°è MAzÀÄ ºÁªÀÅ I saw a snake on the way.PÀAqÉ
2.4 CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆmÉÖ ºÀÄuÁÚUÀĪÀAvÉ He didn't laugh himself to
£ÀUÀ°®è. death
CªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ §ºÀĪÀiÁ£À They didn't give me the
PÉÆqÀ°®è prize.
£ÁªÀÅ ̧ ÀªÀÄAiÀÄPÉÌ ̧ ÀjAiÀiÁV We didn't start on time.ºÉÆgÀqÀ°®è.
gÁVt ºÉƸÀ ¹ÃgÉ PÉƼÀî°®è. Ragini didn't buy a new
saree
£À£ÀUÉ ̧ ÀÆAiÀÄð UÀæºÀt PÁt°®è. The solar eclipse was not
visible to me
2.5 £Á£ÀÄ CrUÉ ªÀiÁrPÉƽÛä I cook for myself.
CªÀ£ÀÄ vÀ£Àß §mÉÖ vÁ£Éà He washes his own
MUÉzÀÄPÉƼÁÛ£É. clothes.
«ªÀÄ¯É vÀ¯É ̈ ÁaPÉƼÁÛ¼É. Vimala combs her hair
CªÀgÀÄ ̧ ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀgÀÄ. He took a bath
CªÀ£ÀÄ DvÀäºÀvÉå ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀ He committed suicide.
2.6 gÁªÀÄÄ £Á¼É ̈ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ Ramu said that he will go
ºÉÆÃVÛä CAvÀ CAzÀ to Bangalore tomorrow.
¥ÀjÃPÉë ¦üøÀÄ PÀlÄÖ CAvÀ £ÀªÀÄä My father gave me money
vÀAzÉ ºÀt PÉÆlÖgÀÄ asking me to pay the
examination fee
CªÀ¤UÉ §ÈAzÁªÀ£À £ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ He desires to see BrindavanCAvÀ D¸É
2.7 ªÀÄÄRå ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ £Á¼É zɺÀ°UÉ It seems the chief minister
ºÉÆÃUÁÛgÀAvÉ goes to Delhi tomorrow.
«zsÁ£À ̧ ËzsÀzÀ ̧ ÀÄvÀÛ ̈ Éð It seems they are putting
ºÁQ¸ÁÛgÀAvÉ up a fence around Vidhana
Soudha
£Á¼É £À£Àß ̈ sÁªÀ HjUÉ It seems my brother-in-law
§gÁÛgÀAvÉ. will come to town
tomorrow.
Lesson 15/135134/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
2.8 ªÀĺÁvÀä UÁA¢üÃAiÀĪÀgÀÄ ̈ sÁgÀvÀzÀ Mahatma Gandhi fought
¸ÁévÀAvÀæöåPÉÌ ºÉÆÃgÁrzÀgÀÄ. for the freedom of India.
¥ÀÄgÀAzÀgÀzÁ¸ÀgÀÄ §qÀªÀjUÉ Purandaradasa gave away
L±ÀéAiÀÄð zÁ£À ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ. his wealth as charity to the
poor
PÀvÉÛUÀ¼ÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á eÉÆÃgÁV The donkeys ran very fast.NrzÀªÀÅ.
«±ÉéñÀégÀAiÀÄå PÀȵÀÚgÁd¸ÁUÀgÀ Visweswaraiah constructed
PÀnÖ¹zÀgÀÄ. Krishana Raja Sagar.
£Á£ÀÄ QlQ ªÀÄÄaÑzÉ I closed the window.
d£ÀvÁ ¥ÀPÀë ºÉƸÀ ̧ ÀPÁðgÀ The Janatha party formed
gÀa¹vÀÄ. a new Government.
¤ÃªÀÅ ¤£Éß JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ At what time did you sleep
ªÀÄ®V¢j ? Yesterday ?
¤ªÀÄä ±ÀlÄð J°è ºÉÆ°¹¢j ? Where did you have your
shirt made ?
¤Ã£ÀÄ ¤£Éß JµÀÖ£Éà ¥ÁoÀ N¢zÉ ? Which lesson did you read
yesterday ?
CªÀ£ÀÄ ¤£Éß JµÀÄÖ ¹UÀgÉÃmï How many cigarates did
¸ÉâzÀ ? he smoke yesterday ?
£Á£ÀÄ PÀxÉ ºÉýzÉ, CªÀgÀÄ I narrated a story, they
PÉýzÀgÀÄ. listened.
2.9 ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ ºÀvÀÛ£Éà ¥ÁoÀ The boys didn't read the
NzÀ°®è. tenth lesson.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß £ÀA§°®è She didn't believe him.
¥ÀvÀæPÀvÀðgÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå ªÀÄAwæUÉ ¥Àæ±Éß The journalists didn't put
PÉüÀ°®è. questions to the Chief
Minister.
£ÁªÀÅ E°è C°è ̧ ÀÄvÁÛqÀ°®è. We din't roam here and
there.
3. Key to learners :
Past tense -k - ; - T - ; - D - ; and -id- are introduced here. Unlike the past tense markers introduced in the previous lessons these past tense markers are conditioned in the following manner.
3.1 Verbs with cvc syllabic pattern, where the last consonant is -g- (e.g. n + a + g) take -k- as past - tense. Please note that 'c' stands for consonant and 'v' stands for short vowel. The final vowel - u doesn't have any value.
Sig (u) + k + a = sikka 'he met (some one)'nag (u) + k + a = naaka. 'he laughed'
Note that when -k- is added, the last consonant -g- is assimilated with -k- resulting in -kk-
3.2 Verbs with (c) vc syllabic pattern, where the last consonant is D (e.g. i + D; k + e + D) take -T- as pasttense.
biD (u) + T + e = bitte 'I left'
iD (u) + T + e = itte 'I kept'
-D- is assimilated with -T- when added.
Lesson 15/137136/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Although 'horaDu' doesn't have the same syllabic structure as the above words, its past tense form is however is 'horaTe'
3.3 There are only three verbs which take -D- as past tense mark. They are.
kaaN(u) + D + e = kaNDe 'I saw'
uNN(u) + D + e = uNDe 'I ate (meals)'
koLLu koN/- D koN +D + e= koNDe.'I bought'
Notice the change form L to N in koLLu
koLLu as a main verb means 'to buy'. This will also be used as an auxillary verb in refiexive construction. Refiexive indicates that the benefactor of the action of the verb is the performer himself. This is obtained by adding koLLu to the verbal prticiple of the main verb.
avanu baTTe ogedu koLtaane'he washes his clothes'
avaLu aDige maaDikoLtaaLe''She cooks for herself'
3.4 -id- past tense takes three categories of verbs.
3.4.1 (c) V V syllabic patternkeeLu (u) + id + e = keeLide 'I asked/listened'aaD (u) + id + e = aaDide 'I played'
Note that VV stands for long vowel
3.4.2 CVCC syllabic patternhatt (u) + id + e = hattide 'I climbed'
mucc(u) + id + e = muccide 'I closed'namb(u) = id + e = nambide 'I believed'
3.4.3 Multi syllabic
The verbs with more than two syllables. Causatives also come under this category.
toorisu + id + e = tooriside 'I showed'malagu + id + e = malagide 'I slept'maataaDu + id + e = maataDide 'I spoke'
The verbs referred under the earlier past tense markers are exceptions to this rule as well.
3.5 anta is used in the construction of indirect speech. It occurs immediately after the reported clause.
avanu bengaLuurige hoogtiini anta heeLida'He said that he is going to Bangalore'
3.6 ante is reportive form
apaghaatadalli nuuru jana sattarante'It seems hundred persons died in accident'
avaru naaLe bartaarante'It seems he is coming tomorrow'
4. Exercise :
4.1 Substitute and complete the sentence :
4.1.1 PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ ̈ Á¼É vÉÆÃlªÀ£ÀÄß ºÉÆPÀÌgÀÄ
D£É ______________________
4.1.2 ²æêÀÄAvÀgÀÄ §qÀªÀgÀ£ÀÄß ̧ ÀÄlÖgÀÄ.
£ÁªÀÅ ______________________
Lesson 15/139138/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
4.1.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ªÉÄÃf£À ªÉÄÃ¯É ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ ElÖ
CªÀ¼ÀÄ _____________________
4.1.4 £Á£ÀÄ §mÉÖ MUÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÉ
CªÀgÀÄ _____________________
4.1.5 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÀÄ®VzÀ¼ÀÄ
£Á¬Ä _____________________
4.1.6 £ÁªÀÅ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ ¦üøÀÄ PÀnÖzɪÀÅ
£Á£ÀÄ _____________________
4.1.7 ¨ÉPÀÄÌ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄr¬ÄvÀÄ
¨ÉPÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ _____________________
4.2 Transform the following sentences into past tense4.2.1 ªÀÄUÀÄ C¼ÀÄvÀÛzÉ
4.2.2 CªÀgÀÄ eÉÆÃgÁV ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
4.2.3 £Á¼É gÁdÄ £À£ÀUÉ ¹PÀÄÌvÁÛ£É.
4.2.4 CªÀ£ÀÄ £Á¼É HgÀÄ ©qÀÄvÁÛ£É.
4.2.5 ªÀÄzÀÄªÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è vÀÄA¨Á ̧ ÁªÀiÁ£ÀÄ «ÄUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
4.3 Transform into negative4.3.1 ¤£Éß ªÀÄ¼É §AvÀÄ
4.3.2 CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£É ̈ ÁV®Ä ªÀÄÄaÑzÀgÀÄ.
4.3.3 PÉAUÀ¯ï ºÀ£ÀĪÀÄAvÀAiÀÄå «zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀ PÀnÖ¹zÀgÀÄ.
4.3.4 CªÀ£ÀÄ £ÁlPÀ £ÉÆÃrzÀ£ÀÄ.
4.3.5 gÀªÉÄñÀ ºÉƸÀ ZÀ¥Àà° PÉÆAqÀÄPÉÆAqÀ.
4.3.6 £À£ÀUÉ £ÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ ºÀt PÉÆlÖgÀÄ.
4.3.7 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ̧ ÀĪÀÄä£É £ÀPÀ̼ÀÄ.
4.3.8 ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀ£ÀÄß vÀÄA¨Á d£À gÁdgÀÄ D½zÀgÀÄ.
4.4 Translate into Kannada
4.4.1 How much advance did you pay for that house ?
4.4.2 I bought two shirts in Bangalore
4.4.3 What places did you see in Karnataka ?
4.4.4 We played volleyball till 6 o' clock.
4.4.5 She narrated a story.
4.5 Answer the following questions
4.5.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¤£Éß AiÀiÁªÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃr¢j ?
4.5.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è AiÀiÁªÀ ̧ ÀܼÀ £ÉÆÃr¢j ?
4.5.3 «zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀ AiÀiÁgÀÄ PÀnÖ¹zÀgÀÄ ?
5. Vocabulary
dǀ̣ˀ 'land'
¹UÀÄ 'to be available'
¸ÀÄvÁÛqÀÄ 'to wander'
®PÀë 'lakh'
5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary
DvÀäºÀvÉå 'suicide'
EqÀÄ 'to keep'
GqÀÄ 'to put on clothes' - like
saree, dhoti
GtÄÚ 'to eat meals'
L±ÀéAiÀÄð 'wealth'
Lesson 15/141140/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
PÀnÖ¸ÀÄ 'to build'
PÀvÉÛ 'donkey'
PÀ¼Àî 'thief'
QlQ 'window'
PÉqÀÄ 'to be spoiled'
UÀÆAqÁUÀ¼ÀÄ 'hoodlums'
vÉÆqÀÄ 'to put on clothes'
zÁ£À 'charity'
£ÉqÀÄ 'to plant'
¥ÀvÀæPÀvÀðgÀÄ 'journalists'
§ºÀĪÀiÁ£À 'presentation'
¨Éð 'fence'
gÁV ªÀÄÄzÉÝ 'ragi balls'
¸ÀPÁðgÀ 'government'
¸ÀºÁªÁ¸À 'company'
¸ÁévÀAvÀæöå 'independence'
¸ÀÄqÀÄ 'to burn'
¸ÀÆAiÀÄð UÀæºÀtÅ 'solar eclipse'
ºÁªÀ 'snake'
ºÀÄtÄÚ 'wound'
ºÉÆmÉÖ 'stomach'
142/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
¥ÁoÀ - 16
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : ¤ÃªÀÅ ¨É½UÉÎ JµÀÄÖ
UÀAmÉUÉ K½ÛÃj ?
ªÉÆúÀ£ï : DgÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ K½Ûä.
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : JzÀÄÝ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrÛÃj ?
ªÉÆúÀ£ï : JzÀÄÝ ªÁQAUï
ºÉÆÃVÛä. ªÁQAUï
ºÉÆÃV §AzÀÄ ºÀ®Äè
GfÓPÉƽÛä. ºÀ®Äè
GfÓ PÉÆAqÀÄ PÁ¦ü
PÀÄrÃwä.
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : ºÀ®Äè GfÓPÉƼÀîzÉ PÁ¦ü
PÀÄrAiÀįÁé?
ªÉÆúÀ£ï : E®è, £À£ÀUÉ C¨sÁå¸À
E®è. PÁ¦ PÀÄrzÀÄ
¥ÉÃ¥Àgï M¢Ûä.
¥ÉÃ¥Àgï N¢ ¸ÁߣÀ
ªÀiÁrÛä.
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : vÀtÂÚÃj£À°è ªÀiÁrÛgÉÆÃ
©¹¤Ãj£À°è
ªÀiÁrÛÃgÉÆÃ?
ªÉÆúÀ£ï : ©¹ ¤Ãj£À°è ªÀiÁrÛä.
At what time do you get up in the
morning ?
I get up at six o'clock.
After getting up, what do you do?
I go for a walk. After the walk, I
brush my teeth and I drink coffee.
Don't you drink coffee without
brushing your teeth ?
No, I have no such habits. After
drinking coffee I read the news
paper. After reading the news
paper, I have my bath.
Do you take bath in cold water or
in hot water ?
I take bath in hot water .
1. Dialogue
2.1 £Á£ÀÄ wAr wAzÀÄ PÁ¦ü
PÀÄrÃwä.
£ÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ
§AzÀÄ zɺÀ°UÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛgÉ.
ªÀÄ¼É §AzÀÄ ¨É¼É ¨É¼É¬ÄvÀÄ.
ªÀÄUÀÄ ªÀÄAZÀ¢AzÀ PɼÀUÉ ©zÀÄÝ
ºÀ®Äè ªÀÄÄjzÀÄPÉÆArvÀÄ.
CªÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°vÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV
ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
¨sÁgÀvÀ QæPÉnÖ£À°è ¸ÉÆÃvÀÄ vÀ¯É
vÀVιvÀÄ.
gÀ«Ã±À PÁè¹£À°è £ÀPÀÄÌ
CzsÁå¥ÀPÀjAzÀ ¨ÉʹPÉÆAqÀ.
JvÀÄÛ vÉÆÃlPÉÌ ºÉÆPÀÄÌ ¨Á¼É
VqÀ vÀA¢vÀÄ.
CªÀ£ÀÄ ¸Á®PÉÌ §rØ PÉÆlÄÖ
§qÀªÁzÀ.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ VqÀ £ÉlÄÖ ©lÄÖ ¤ÃgÀÄ
ºÁQzÀ¼ÀÄ.
£Á£ÀÄ ¸ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀÄ
zÉêÀgÀ ¥ÀÆeÉ ªÀiÁrzÉ.
After tiffin, I drink coffee.
My father will come to
Bangalore and then goes to
Delhi.
When rained and the crops grew.
The child fell from the cot and
broke its teeth.
Having learnt kannada, they
speak it well.
India lost in cricket and bowed
down its head.
Ravish laughed in the class and
got a scolding from the teacher.
A bullock broke into the garden
and ate the plantain tree.
He paid interest on the loan and
became poor.
She planted the plant and
watered it.
I took bath and worshipped
God.
Lesson 16/145
2. Pattern drill : DªÉÄÃ¯É Hl
ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀÄ D¦üùUÉ
ºÉÆgÀqÀÄwÛä.
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : wAr w£ÀßzÉÃ?
ªÉÆúÀ£ï : ºËzÀÄ, ªÀÄzsÁåºÀß
ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ®è. wAr
vÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ºÉÆÃVÛä.
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : D¦üùUÉ ºÉÃUÉ
ºÉÆÃVÛÃj?
ªÉÆúÀ£ï : §¸ÀÄì »rzÀÄ
ºÉÆÃVÛä. PÉ®ªÉǪÉÄä
§¸ÀÄì ¹UÀzÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ
DUÀÄvÉÛ. DUÀ DmÉÆÃzÀ°è
ºÉÆÃVÛä .
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : ¸ÀAeÉ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §AzÀÄ
K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrÛÃj?
ªÉÆúÀ£ï : PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÀÄ ¸ÉßûvÀgÀ
eÉÆvÉ ºÀgÀmÉ
ºÉÆrÃwä. ºÀgÀmÉ
ºÉÆqÉzÀÄ ©lÄÖ JAlÄ
UÀAmÉ vÀ£ÀPÀ K£ÁzÀÆæ
N¢Ûä. N¢ Hl
ªÀiÁr ªÀÄ®VÛä.
Afterwards I eat my meal and I
go to office.
Without eating breakfast ?
Yes I don't go home in the after
noon. I carry tiffin with me.
How do you go to office ?
By bus. Sometimes it is a
problem getting a bus. In that
case I go by auto.
What do you do in the evening
after coming home ?
I drink coffee and chat with my
friends. When I have finished
chatting, I read something or
other till eight o'clock. After
reading I have meal and go to
bed.
144/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉƸÀ ¹ÃgÉ PÉÆAqÀÄ
PÉÆAqÀÄ §AzÀ¼ÀÄ.
2.2 CªÀgÀÄ ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃV ¹¤ªÀiÁ
£ÉÆÃr §AzÀgÀÄ.
£ÁªÀÅ ¨ÁåAQUÉ ºÀt PÀnÖ
§AzɪÀÅ.
¤Ã£ÀÄ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ¸Éâ
PÉ«ÄÛÃAiÀiÁ ?
EA¢gÁ UÁA¢ü ¨sÁµÀt PÉý
d£À £ÀPÀÌgÀÄ.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÀÄ®V
ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ JzÀݼÀÄ.
2.3 CªÀgÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃV
«zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀ £ÉÆÃqÀzÉ §AzÀgÀÄ.
zÉêÀgÀÄ CªÀjUÉ M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ
ªÀiÁqÀzÉ EgÀ°.
¤Ã£ÀÄ ¥ÁoÀ NzÀzÉ GvÀÛgÀ
§gÉzÉAiÀiÁ ?
CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄ£ÀÄß
£ÉÆÃqÀzÉ ªÀÄzÀĪÉUÉ
M¦àPÉÆAqÀ.
2.4 £Á£ÀÄ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrAiÀÄzÉ
D¦üùUÉ ºÉÆgÀqÀ°®è.
She bought a new saree (and came)
They went to city and saw a film (and came)
We paid the money at the bank and came.
Do you cough when you smoke cigarettes ?
People laughed listening to India Gandhi's speech.
She slept at ten o'clock and got up at twelve o'clock.
They went to Bangalore and came back without seeing Vidhana Soudha.
May God do them no good.
Did you write the answer without reading the lesson?
He agreed to get marry without seeing the girl.
I did not leave for the office without drinking coffee.
Lesson 16/147
£Á£ÀÄ nPÉmï vÉUÉzÀÄPÉƼÀîzÉ
£ÁlPÀ £ÉÆÃqÀ°®è.
qÁPÀÖgï ºÀt vÉUÉzÀÄPÉƼÀîzÉ
OµÀzsÀ PÉÆqÀ®è.
We didn't see the play without
buying the tickets.
The doctor will not give
medicne without taking money.
3. Key to learners
3.1 The past participle / verbal participle form is intro
duced in the lesson. The function of the past
participle is to show the completion of one action
and an anticipation of another one.
naanu avanannu nooDi bengaLuurige hoode.
`having seen him, i went to Bangalore.'
-u and -i are two past participle markers in
Kannada.
-u is added to the verbs which take -d-;-t-;-k-;-D-;
and -T- as past tense markers. (ref. lessons 14 & 15)
The structure is,
verb root + past tense + verbal partilciple market
tinnu + d + u = tindu.
rameeSa kalleejige bandu sinimaakke hooda.
Ramesh came to college and went to a film.
IvaLu kannaDa kalitu haaDu haaDtaaLe
She learns Kannada and sings a song.
naanu laLemane biTTu hosa manege bande.
I left the old house and came to a new house.
avanu daariyalli sikku maattaDisida.
He met me on the way and talked to me.
146/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 16/149
ondu pustaka konDu bande.
I bought a book (and came)
-i- is added to the verbs which take
-i- is added straightaway to the verb
root. Thus the structure is,
verb root + verbal participle
maaDu + i = maaDi
naanu + peeper oodi snaana maaDide.
I read newspaper and took a bath.
avanannu nambi naanu haaLaade.
I believed him and got spoiled.
magu nidde maaDi edditu
The child slept and got up.
avanu uurige hoogi ivattu banda.
He went to his hometown and came today.
`hoogu' and `aagu' through they take -d- as past
tense, they take as past participle. Thease two are
exeptions.
3.2 The verbal participle negation is -ade. It will be added to the verb root.
naanu simimaa nooDade bande. I came without seeing a movie.avanu nanna maatu keeLade hooda. He went without listening to my words. avaLu bas caarj koDade prayaaNa maaDidaLu.She travelled without paying the bus fare.
If the double negation is used, the positive meaning
will be obtained.
- tense. But here
-i
id- as past
Siita hallu ujjade kaafi kudiyalla.Sita don't drink coffee without brushing her teeth. nannu kaagada bareyade uurige hoogalilla.I didn't go to my hometown without writing a
letter.
3.3 The verbal participle of the verb biDu is used some
times with the past participle of the other verbs. This is used either for emphasis or with on specifi
cation. avanu tinDi biTTu banda.
naanu siTige hoogi biTTu baralilla.
4. Exercise4.1 Fill in the blanks using the verbal participle forms of the
verbs given in the brackets.
4.1.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ wAr _________, PÁ¦ü _________(w£ÀÄß, PÀÄr)
4.1.2 CªÀgÀÄ EªÀvÀÄÛ Hj¤AzÀ _______£Á¼É §gÁÛgÉ. (ºÉÆgÀqÀÄ)
4.1.3 D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ ªÀÄ£É ____________ºÉÆÃzÀ..(©qÀÄ)
4.1.4 CªÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ _________________ ªÀiÁvÁrzÀgÀÄ. (PÀ°)
4.1.5 CªÀ¼ÀÄ D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ __________________ CvÀÛ¼ÀÄ. (NzÀÄ)
4.1.6 d£ÀvÁ ¥ÀPÀë ZÀĪÁuÉAiÀÄ°è ______ C¢üPÁgÀPÉÌ §AvÀÄ. (UÉ®Äè)
4.1.7 gÁªÀÄ gÁªÀt£À£ÀÄß__________eÉÊ°UÉ ºÉÆÃzÀ. (PÉÆ®Äè)
4.1.8 CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß _______________PÉlÖ¼ÀÄ. (£ÀA§Ä)
4.2 Combine the following sentences using the verbal participle
marker.
4.2.1 ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆlÖgÀÄ.
ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ ̧ ÀPÀð¸ï £ÉÆÃrzÀgÀÄ.
148/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 16/151
4.2.2 ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÉÄʸÀÆjUÉ §AzÀgÀÄ.
CªÀgÀÄ ̈ sÁµÀt ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ.
4.2.3 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÁqÀÄvÁÛ EzÀݼÀÄ.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ PÁ¯ÉÃfUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ.
4.2.4 £Á£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÉÝ.
£Á£ÀÄ JA. J. N¢zÉ.
4.2.5 £Á£ÀÄ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ̧ ÉâÛä.
£Á£ÀÄ ̧ ÀAvÉÆõÀ ¥ÀrÛä.
4.3 Split the following sentences into smaller sentences.
4.3.1 ¤Ã §AzÀÄ ¤AvÁUÀ ¤AvÀÄ ¤Ã £ÀPÁÌUÀ £ÀPÀÄÌ ¤Ã £À°zÁUÀ
£Á ¸ÉÆÃvÉ.
4.3.2 ºÁ¹UɬÄAzÀ JzÀÄÝ ºÀ®Äè GfÓ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÀÄ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï
NzÁÛgÉ.
4.3.3 D ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃr vÀ¯É£ÉÆêÀÅ §AzÀÄ qÁPÀÖgï ºÀwÛgÀ
ºÉÆÃV OµÀ¢ü vÀUÉÆAqÀÄ PÀÄrzÉ.
4.4 Transform the following sentences into reflexive
4.4.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ ̈ ɽUÉÎ ºÀ®Äè GeÁÛ£É.
4.4.2 CªÀgÀÄ ̧ ÀAeÉ PÉÊPÁ®Ä ªÀÄÄR vÉƽÃvÁgÉ.
4.4.3 CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ¯É ̈ ÁZÁÛ¼É.
4.4.4 gÁªÀÄÄ §mÉÖ MVvÁ£É.
4.4.5 PÀªÀÄ® ¥ÁoÀ §jÃvÁ¼É.
4.5 Transform into negative sentences using negative verbal participle
4.5.1 £Á£ÀÄ ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃr §AzÉ.
4.5.2 PÁUÀzÀ §gÉzÀÄ MAzÀÄ wAUÀ¼Á¬ÄvÀÄ.
4.5.3 gÉÊ°£À°è nPÉmï ¹QÌ ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt ªÀiÁrzÉ.
4.5.4 CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ¯É ̈ ÁaPÉÆAqÀÄ §AzÀ¼ÀÄ.
4.5.5 J®ègÀÆ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß £ÀA© PÉlÖgÀÄ.
4.5.6 CªÀ½UÉ ªÀÄzÀĪÉAiÀiÁV ºÀÄZÀÄÑ »r¬ÄvÀÄ.
4.5.7 CªÀ£ÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV N¢ ¥Á¸ÁzÀ.
4.6 Change the follow sentences into double negation.
4.6.1 CªÀgÀÄ ̧ ÀA§¼À vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÄ.
4.6.2 CªÀ¼ÀÄ HlªÀiÁr ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁrzÀ¼ÀÄ.
4.6.3 ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ Dl Dr ¤ÃgÀÄ PÀÄrzÀgÀÄ.
4.6.4 £Á¬Ä ̈ ÉÆUÀ½ PÀaÑvÀÄ.
4.7 Translate into Kannada.
4.7.1 He cooks his own food.
4.7.2 There is no drinking water without rains.
4.7.3 I got headache by seeing that movie.
4.7.4 I bought a book paying hundred rupees.
4.7.5 He is staying in that house without paying rent.
4.8 Answer th following questions.
4.8.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ ̧ ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁqÀzÉ D¦üùUÉ ºÉÆÃVÛÃgÁ?
4.8.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À ¥ÀwæPÉ NzÀzÉ EjÛÃgÁ?
4.8.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ ̧ ÀAeÉ ªÁQAUï ºÉÆÃVÛÃgÁ?
4.8.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÁqÁÛ ̧ ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁrÛÃgÁ?
4.8.5 ¤ÃªÉà CrUÉ ªÀiÁrPÉƽÛÃgÁ? ¤ªÀÄä §mÉÖ ¤ÃªÉÃ
MUÉzÀÄPÉƽÛÃgÁ ?
150/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 16/153
5. Vocabulary
C¨sÁå¸À `practice/habit'
PÉ®ªÉǪÉÄä `sometime'
vÀtÂÚÃgÀÄ `cold water'
©¹ ¤ÃgÀÄ `hot water'
¸ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁqÀÄ `to take bath'
ºÀgÀmÉ ºÉÆr `to chat'
ºÀ®Äè `teeth'
ºÀ®Äè GdÄÓ `to brush the teeth'
5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary
JvÀÄÛ `bullock' (n)
`to lift' (v)
OµÀzsÀ `medicine'
PÀZÀÄÑ `to bite'
P稀 `leg'
PɪÀÄÄä `to cough'
PÉÊ `hand'
VqÀ `plant'
vÀ¯É `head'
vÀ¯ÉvÀVθÀÄ `to bow down one's head
zÀÄqÀÄØ `money'
zÉêÀgÀÄ `god'
¥ÀÆeÉ `worship'
§rØ `interest'
¨É¼É `crop' (n)
`to grow' (v)
¨Á¼ÉVqÀ `plantain tree'
¨ÉÆUÀ¼ÀÄ `to bark'
¨sÁµÀt `Speech'
ªÀÄ¼É `rain'
ªÀÄAZÀ `cot'
ªÀÄÄR `face'
¸Á® `loan'
ºÀt PÀlÄÖ `to pay money'
ºÀÄZÀÄÑ `madness'
152/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
1. Dialogue:
Lesson 16/155
PÀȵÀÚ : gÁd±ÉÃRgÀ FUÀ J°è
PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£É ?
gÀAUÀ : FUÀ ¥ÀæeÁªÁtÂAiÀÄ°è
PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£É.
PÀȵÀÚ : C°è K£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÛ
Ez磃?
gÀAUÀ : j¥ÉÆÃlðgï DV PÉ®¸À
ªÀiÁqÀÛ EzÁ£É.
PÀȵÀÚ : J°è? ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À¯ÉèÃ
ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£Á?
gÀAUÀ : E®è. ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è
ªÀiÁqÁÛ E®è. ºÀħâ½î
AiÀÄ°è ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£É.
PÀȵÀÚ : ªÉÆzÀ®Ä J°è PÉ®¸À
ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ?
gÀAUÀ : ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°è PÉ®¸À
ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ.
PÀȵÀÚ : C°è AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ
PÁ¯ÉÃf£À°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ
EzÁ£Á ?
¥ÁoÀ - 17
Where is Rajashekara work ing at present ?
Now he is working in prajavani.
What is he doing there?
He is working as a reporter.
Where? Is he working in Bangalore
No. He is not working in Bangalore. He is working at Hubli.
Where was he working earlier?
He was working in Mysore.
Was he working there in some college ?
gÀAUÀ : PÁ¯ÉÃf£À°è ªÀiÁqÁÛ
EgÀ°®è. AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÆÃ
¥ÉæöʪÉÃmï PÀA¥É¤AiÀÄ°è
ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ.
PÀȵÀÚ : DUÀ¯Éà CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀxÉ, PÀªÀ£À
§jÃvÁ EzÀÝ£Á ?
gÀAUÀ : ºËzÀÄ. §jÃvÁ EzÀÝ.
PÀȵÀÚ : CªÀ£À vÀªÀÄä M§â
EAf¤AiÀÄjAUï NzÁÛ
EzÀÝ£Á?
gÀAUÀ : ºËzÀÄ. NzÁÛ EzÀÝ.
PÀȵÀÚ : FUÀ E°è EzÁ£É?
gÀAUÀ : FUÀ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è
ºÉZï.JA.n.AiÀÄ°è PÉ®¸À
ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£É.
PÀȵÀÚ : gÁd±ÉÃRgÀ FUÀ®Æ
vÀÄA¨ÁPÀxÉ, PÀªÀ£À
§jÃvÁ EgÁÛ£Á?
gÀAUÀ : vÀÄA¨Á §jÃvÁ EgÀ®è.
DUÁUÉå §jÃvÁ EgÁÛ£É.
PÀȵÀÚ : ¤£Àß £ÉÆÃqÉÆÃzÀPÉÌ §gÁÛ
EgÁÛ£Á?
gÀAUÀ : ªÉÆzÀ®Ä vÀÄA¨Á §gÁÛ
EzÀÝ. FUÀ MAzÉÆAzÀÄ
¸Áj §gÁÛ EgÁÛ£É.
He was not working in a college. He was working in some private company.
Was he writing stories and poems even at that time?
Yes. He used to write.
Was one of his younger brothers studying Engineering?
Yes. He was studying
Where is he now ?
He is now working in H.M.T in Bangalore.
Does Rajashekara still write stories and poetry.?
He dosn't write much. He. writes now and then.
Does he come to see you ?
He used to come frequently earlier. Now he comes once in a while.
154/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
1. Pattern drill
Lesson 17/157
2.1 ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀ£ÀÄß MqÉAiÀÄgÀ ªÀA±À
zÀªÀgÀÄ D¼ÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.
ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°è »AzÉ ªÀÄ»µÁ
¸ÀÄgÀ JA§ gÁPÀë¸À ªÁ¸À
ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ.
±ÁAvÀ¯É CzÀÄãvÀªÁV £Álå
ªÀiÁqÀÛ EzÀݼÀÄ.
£Á£ÀÄ w¥ÀlÆj£À°è ºÉʸÀÆÌ®Ä
NzÁÛ EzÉÝ.
¤£Éß gÉÃrAiÉÆÃzÀ°è anÖ¨Á§Ä
«ÃuÉ §gÁÛ EvÀÄÛ.
¤ÃªÀÅ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä E°è PÉ®¸À
ªÀiÁqÁÛ E¢Ýj?
ºÀj±ÀÑAzÀæ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ®Æ ¸ÀvÀå
ºÉüÁÛ EzÀÝ.
2.2 ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ Dl DqÁÛ EzÁgÉ.
²Ã® PÁzÀA§j NzÁÛ EzÁ¼É.
gÉÊ®ÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄPÉÌ ¸ÀjAiÀiÁV
NqÁÛ EªÉ.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ £À£Àß vÀ¥À¸Àì£ÀÄß PÉr¸ÁÛ
EzÁ¼É.
¸ÉƸÉÊnAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀPÀÌgÉ PÉÆqÁÛ
EzÁgÉ.
The wodeyar dynasty used to rule Mysore.
A demon by name Mahishasura lived inMysore long ago.
Shantala used to dance splendidly.
I used to study in high school in Tiptur.
Chittubabu's veena perfor- mance was broadcast over the radio yesterday.
Where were you working earlier?
Harischandra was telling truth always.
Children are playing.
Sheela is reading a novel.
Trains are runningng in time.
She is disturbing my penance.
Sugar is being given at consumers' society.
ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁµÀt ªÀiÁqÁÛ
EzÁgÉ.
2.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á D ºÉÆÃmÉ°UÉ
§gÁÛ EgÁÛ£É.
±ÁåªÀÄ® ¥Àæw ¢£À ̧ ÀAeÉ LzÀÄ
UÀAmÉUÉ ºÁqÀÄ ºÁqÁÛ EgÁÛ¼É.
D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á UÀ¯ÁmÉ
ªÀiÁqÁÛ EgÁÛgÉ.
CªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ®Æ
E£ÉÆߧâgÀ£ÀÄß §AiÀiÁÛ
EgÁÛgÉ.
2.4 gÀ« ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è PÉ®¸À
ªÀiÁqÁÛ EgÀ°®è.
C±ÉÆÃPÀ ¨ÉÃgÉ gÁdgÀ ºÁUÉ
AiÀÄÄzÀÝ ªÀiÁqÀÛ EgÀ°®è.
ªÀÄ»µÁ¸ÀÄgÀ IĶUÀ½UÉ
vÉÆAzÀgÉ PÉÆqÀÛ EgÀ°®è.
CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃmÉ°£À°è PÁ¦ü
PÀÄrAiÀÄÄvÁÛ EgÀ°®è.
gÀ« ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁqÁÛ E®è.
CªÀ£ÀÄ £Á¼É ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ
ºÉÆÃUÁÛ E®è.
CªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ ¸ÀA§¼À PÉÆqÁÛ
E®è.
The Minister is making speeches.
He comes daily to that hotel.
Shamala would be singing daily at five o' clock in the evening.
Those boys will be making a lot of noise.
He always will be blaming some one.
Ravi was not working in Mangalore.
Ashoka didn't fight battles like other kings.
Mahishasura didn't disturb the sages.
They didn't drink coffee in the hotel
Ravi is not sleeping.
He is not going to Bangalore tomorrow.
They are not paying me the salary.
156/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 17/159
E°èUÉ ºÉZÀÄÑ §¸ÀÄìUÀ¼ÀÄ §gÁÛ
E®è.
2.6 D ¨ÉPÀÄÌ ¢£Á £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ
§gÁÛ EgÀ®è.
CªÀgÀÄ ¢£Á PÀè©âUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ
EgÀ®è.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¨É¼ÀV£À ºÉÆvÀÄÛ NzÁÛ
EgÀ®è.
gÁeÉñÀ £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉZÀÄÑ
§gÁÛ EgÀ®è.
Enough buses are not coming here.
That cat will not be coming daily to our house.
They are not going daily to the club.
She will not be reading in the morning.
Rajesh will not be coming frequently to our house.
3. key to learners
3.1 The continuous forms are introduced. Continuous forms are obtained by adding - taa (uttaa) to the verb.
maaDu + taa (uttaa) = maaDtaa (maaDuttaa)
tinnu + taa (uttaa) = tintaa (tinnutta)
These continuous forms are followed by the finite form of auxillary verb iru.
3.2 The definite form of iru. Will be added to continuous verbs to obtain present continuous.
maaDtaa idiini 'I am doing'.
tintaa idaaLe `She is eating'.
3.3 The past tense of iru is added to continuous verbs to obtain past continuous.
maaDtaa idda. `he was doing'
tintaa idda. `he was eating'.
3.4 By adding habitual form of verb - iru to the continuous verbs, habitual continuous form is obtained.
maaDtaa irtiini `I will be doing'
tintaa irtiini. `I will be eating'
3.5 The corresponding negative forms are obtained by adding illa, iralilla and iralla respectively to the continuous verbs.
maadtaa illa. `not doing'
tintaa illa. `not eating'
madtaa iralilla. `was not doing'
tintaa iralilla `was not eating'
maaDtaa irall. `will not be doing'
tintaa iralla. `will not be eating'
4. Exercise
4.1 Fill in the blanks using the appropriate continuous forms of the verbs given in the bracket
4.1.1 £Á£ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÀµÀðUÀ¼À »AzÉ vÀĪÀÄPÀÆj£À°è_____(NzÀÄ)
4.1.2 CªÀ£ÀÄ FUÀ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è PÉ®¸À____________(ªÀiÁqÀ)
4.1.3 £ÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ FUÀ ¤zÉæ_________________(ªÀiÁqÀÄ)
4.1.4 CªÀgÀÄ ¢£Á £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ___________(§gÀÄ)
4.1.5 aPÀÌzÉêÀgÁd ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀ£ÀÄß___________(D¼ÀÄ)
4.1.6 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¢£Á ¸ÀAeÉ ºÁqÀÄ_______________(ºÁqÀÄ)
4.1.7 ªÀÄ»µÁ¸ÀÄgÀ ¥ÀæeÉUÀ½UÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ____________(PÉÆqÀÄ)
158/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 17/161
4.1.8 ²Ã® FUÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ_______________________(NzÀÄ)
4.1.9 CªÀgÀÄ wAr_____________________(w£ÀÄß)
4.1.10 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á CªÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ___________(§gÀÄ)
4.2 Transform the following sentences into present continuous forms
4.2.1 ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ°è Dl DqÁÛ EzÀݪÀÅ.
4.2.2 £À£Àß PÀxÉ D ¥ÀwæPÉAiÀÄ°è §gÁÛ EvÀÄÛ.
4.2.3 ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ vÀgÀUÀwAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀĪÀÄä£É £ÀUÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.
4.2.4 gÁPÀë¸ÀgÀÄ IĶUÀ½UÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ PÉÆqÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.
4.2.5 gÀA¨sÉ HªÀð²AiÀÄgÀÄ IĶUÀ¼À vÀ¥À¸ÀÄì PÉr¸ÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.
4.3 Transform the following sentences into present continuous
4.3.1 D ºÉAUÀ¸ÀgÀÄ dUÀ¼À DqÁÛ EzÁgÉ.
4.3.2 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄgɯÁè PÀgÁmÉ PÀ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ EzÁgÉ.
4.3.3 §qÀªÀgÀÄ ºÀ¹«¤AzÀ ̧ ÁAiÀiÁÛ EzÁgÉ.
4.3.4 E°è vÀgÀPÁj PÀrªÉÄ ̈ ɯÉUÉ ¹UÁÛ EzÉ.
4.3.5 CªÀ¼ÀÄ CAUÀr¬ÄAzÀ ̧ ÁªÀiÁ£ÀÄ vÀgÁÛ EzÁ¼É.
4.4 Transform the following sentences into habitual continuous
4.4.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á E°èUÉ §gÁÛ£É.
4.4.2 ªÀÄUÀÄ ̧ ÀĪÀÄä£É C¼ÁÛ EzÉ.
4.4.3 gÉÊvÀgÀÄ ZÀ¼ÀĪÀ½ ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁgÉ.
4.4.4 E°è ̧ Àé®à ̧ Àé®à ªÀÄ¼É §gÁÛ EzÉ.
4.4.5 E°è §¸ÀÄìUÀ¼ÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á NqÁqÁÛ EªÉ.
4.5 Transform the following sentences into their negative forms
4.5.1 £Á£ÀÄ ̈ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ.
4.5.2 CªÀgÀÄ ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁgÉ.
4.5.3 CªÀgÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ̈ ÁrUÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ªÁ¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.
4.5.4 £À£ÀUÉ DUÁUÉÎ ºÉÆmÉÖ £ÉÆêÀÅ §gÁÛ EgÀÄvÉÛ.
4.5.5 ²Ã® UÀAqÀ£À eÉÆvÉ dUÀ¼À DqÁÛ EzÀݼÀÄ.
4.6 Answer the following questions
4.6.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ MAzÀÄ ªÀµÀðzÀ »AzÉ J°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ E¢Ýj? FUÀ
J°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ E¢Ãj?
4.6.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ J°è NzÁÛ E¢Ýj?
4.6.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ D¦üùUÉ / PÁ¯ÉÃfUÉ ºÉÃUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ EjÛÃj?
4.6.4 ¤ªÀÄUÉ E°èUÉ §gÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ ªÀÄÄAZÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÁÛ EgÀ°®èªÁ?
4.6.5 ¤ÃªÀÅ zɺÀ°UÉ DUÁUÉÎ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ EjÛÃgÁ?
5. Vocabulary
DUÁUÉÎ `now and then'
MAzÉÆAzÀÄ ̧ Áj `once in a while'
PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÄ `to work'
5.1 Sulpplementary Vocabulary
CzÀÄãvÀªÁV `splendidly'
IĶ `sage'
PÉr¸ÀÄ `to spoil'
vÀ¥À¸ÀÄì `penance'
160/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
£ÁlåªÀiÁqÀÄ `to dance'
¨ÉPÀÄÌ `cat'
AiÀÄÄzÀÝ `battle'
gÁPÀë¸À `demon'
ªÀA±À `dynasty'
¸ÀPÀÌgÉ `sugar'
¸ÀvÀå `truth'
¥ÁoÀ - 18
1. Dialogue:
ªÀÄÆwð : ºÀ¯ÉÆà AiÀiÁgÀÄ ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃzÀÄ?
gÁdÄ : £Á£ÄÀ , gÁdÄ ªiÀ ÁvÁqÆÉ ÃzÀÄ.
ªÀÄÆwð : K£ÀÄ ¸ÀªÀiÁZÁgÀ?
gÁdÄ : ªÀÄzÀgÁ¹¤AzÀ £ÀªÀÄä CtÚ
§A¢zÁÝ£É.
ªÀÄÆwð : AiÀiÁªÁUÀ §AzÀ?
gÁdÄ : £Á£ÀÄ D¦üùUÉ ºÉÆÃVzÉÝ.
ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §gÀĪÀÅzÀgÉƼÀUÉ
§A¢zÀÝ.
ªÀÄÆwð : ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è EzÁ£Á?
gÁdÄ : E®è, ºÉÆgÀUÉ ºÉÆÃVzÁ£É.
ªÀÄÆwð : ¤ªÀÄä CwÛUÉ §A¢zÁgÁ?
gÁdÄ : E®è CwÛUÉ §A¢®è. eÉÆvÉAiÀÄ°è E§âgÀÄ ¸ÉßûvÀgÀÄ
§A¢zÁgÉ.
ªÀÄÆwð : K£ÁzÀgÀÆ PÉ®¸ÀzÀ ªÉÄïÉ
§A¢zÁ£Á?
gÁdÄ : ºËzÀÄ.
Hello, Who is speaking?
It is me, Raju, speaking.
What is the matter?
My elder brother has come from Madras.
When did he come?
I had been to office. He had come before I returned.
Is he at home ?
No. He has gone out.
Has your sister-in-law also come ?
No. she hasn't come Two of his friend have come with him.
Has he come on any business?
Yes.
162/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 18/165
ªÀÄÆwð : EªÀvÀÄÛ ¸ÀAeÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è
¹PÁÛ£Á?
gÁdÄ : E®è ¸ÀAeÉ ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃVgÁÛ£É.
£Á¼É ¨É½UÉÎ J®Æè ºÉÆÃVgÀ®è,
§¤ß.
ªÀÄÆwð : JµÀÄÖ ¢£À EgÁÛ£É?
gÁdÄ : MAzÀÄ ªÁgÀ EgÁÛ£É. ¨sÁ£ÀÄ
ªÁgÀ ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ, ¨ÉîÆjUÉ
ºÉÆÃUÁÛgÉ.
ªÀÄÆwð : AiÀiÁPÉ? CªÀ£ÀÄ £ÉÆÃr¯Áé?
gÁdÄ : CªÀ£ÀÄ £ÉÆÃr®è. MAzÀÄ
ªÀµÀðzÀ »AzÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÀÄ
ºÉÆÃVzÉݪÀÅ. CªÀ£ÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀæ
§gÀ°®è. FUÀ CªÀ£À
¸ÉßûvÀgÀÄ §A¢zÁÝgÉ. CªÀgÀÄ
£ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÀAvÉ.
ªÀÄÆwð : £Á¼É ¨É½UÉÎ §jÛä CAvÀ
CªÀ¤UÉ ºÉüÀÄ.
Will he be avilable at home this evening?
No. He would have gone to the city in the evening. He won't go anywhere tomorrow morning. please come.
For how many days will he be here ?
He will be here for one week. They will go to Halebid and Belur on Sunday.
Why ? Hasn't he seen them?
No, he hasn't, All of us had been there a year ago. He alone hadn't come. He had stayed at home. Now his seems they have to see those places.
Tell him that I would come tomorrow morning
2. Pattern Drill
2.1 ¸Ágï, ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¥sÉÆÃ£ï §A¢zÉ.
qÁPÀÖgÀ£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÉÆÃPÉ gÉÆÃVUÀ¼ÀÄ
§A¢zÁgÉ.
¹ÃvÁ vÀgÀPÁj vÀgÉÆÃPÉ ¹nUÉ
ºÉÆÃVzÁ¼É.
ªÀÄUÀÄ £Á¯ÁÌuÉ £ÀÄAVzÉ.
CªÀgÀÄ ºÉƸÀ ªÀÄ£É PÀnÖ¹zÁgÉ.
£Á£ÀÄ ºÉƸÀ PÁgÀÄ
PÉÆAqÀÄPÉÆAr¢Ýä.
D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ M¼ÉîAiÀÄ ¥Àæ§AzsÀ
§gÉ¢zÁ£É.
vÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ M¼ÀUÉ ªÀÄ®VzÁgÉ.
¤ªÀÄä vÀªÀÄä¤UÉ PÉ®¸À
¹QÌzÉAiÀiÁ?
22. £Á£ÀÄ PÀ¼ÉzÀ ªÀµÀð zɺÀ°UÉ
ºÉÆÃVzÉÝ.
CªÀgÀÄ ªÉÆ£Éß ZÁªÀÄÄAr ¨ÉlÖPÉÌ
ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÀÄ.
£ÁªÀÅ ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÀµÀðzÀ »AzÉ
`£ÁA¢' ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃrzÉݪÀÅ.
gÀªÉÄñÀ £À£ÀUÉ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉ¢zÀÝ.
Sir, there is a phone call for you.
Patients have come to see the doctor.
Sita has gone to city to bring vegetables.
The child has swallowed a four annas coin.
He has built a new house.
I have bought a new car.
That boy has written a good essay.
My father is sleeping inside.
Has you younger brother got a job ?
I went to Delhi last year.
They went to Chamundi hills day before yesterday.
We saw the film ̀ Naandi' ten years ago.
Ramesh wrote me a letter
164/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 18/167
Did you go on a tour of Karnataka?
Did Raju bring you a sweater from Bombay?
Gandhijis photo had appeared in the paper yesterday.
They would have come by this time tommorrow evening.
Suresh would have certianly paid hundred rupees to Ramesh
Will you reach Madras tommorrow by eight o' clock.
Raju would have read all the lessons for the examination.
No letter has come for you.
No body has come to see him.
My brother has not gone to city. He has gone to play.
The bank has not yet given me a loan.
¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¸À
ºÉÆÃV¢ÝgÁ?
gÁdÄ ¨ÁA¨É¬ÄAzÀ ¤£ÀUÉ
¸Éélgï vÀA¢zÁÝ£Á?
¤£Éß ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï£À°è UÁA¢üÃf
¥sÉÆÃmÉÆÃ §A¢vÀÄÛ.
2.3 CªÀgÀÄ £Á¼É ̧ ÁAiÀÄAPÁ® EµÀÄÖ
ºÉÆwÛUÉ §A¢gÁÛgÉ.
¸ÀÄgÉñÀ RArvÀ gÀªÉÄñÀ¤UÉ
£ÀÆgÀÄ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä PÉÆnÖgÁÛ£É.
¤ÃªÀÅ £Á¼É JAlÄ UÀAmÉUÉ
ªÀÄzÁæ¸ï vÀ®Ä¦jÛÃgÁ?
gÁdÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ J¯Áè ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À
£ÀÄß N¢gÁÛ£É.
2.4 ¤ªÀÄUÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÆ PÁUÀzÀ
§A¢®è.
CªÀg À£ ÀÄ ß £ ÉÆÃqÉÆÃzÀP É Ì
AiÀiÁgÀÄ §A¢®è.
£À£Àß vÀªÀÄä ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃV®è.
Dl DqÉÆÃPÉ ºÉÆÃVzÁ£É.
¨ÁåAQ£ÀªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ E£ÀÆß
¸Á® PÉÆnÖ®è.
2.5 £ÁªÀÅ ªÉÆ£Éß ZÁªÀÄÄAr
¨ÉlÖPÉÌ ºÉÆÃVgÀ°®è.
D £Á¬Ä E£ÀÆß ¸ÀwÛgÀ°®è.
zsÁgÀªÁqÀzÀ°è ¨ÉÃAzÉæAiÀĪÀgÀÄ
¹QÌgÀ°®è.
CªÀ£ÀÄ C¢üPÁjUÀ½UÉ ®AZÀ
PÉÆnÖgÀ°®è.
2.6 gÀªÉÄñÀ EµÀÄÖ ¨ÉÃUÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ
§A¢gÀ®è.
CªÀgÀÄ ºÀvÀÛ£Éà vÁjÃRÄ
HjUÉ vÀ®Ä¦gÀ®è.
zsÀªÀÄðgÁAiÀÄ£ÀAxÀªÀ£ÀÄ ¸ÀļÀÄî
ºÉýgÀ®è.
PÀȵÀÚ£ÀAxÀªÀ£ÀÄ ªÉÆøÀ
ªÀiÁrgÀ®è.
F zÉñÀzÀ°è vÀÄA¨Á d£À
§qÀªÀgÀÄ Hl ªÀiÁrgÀ®è.
We had not been to Chamundi hills day before yesterday.
That dog hadn't died yet.
We couldn't meet Bendre in Dharwar.
He had not bribed the officers.
Ramesh would'nt have come hometown by tenth.
He wouldn't have reached his hometown by tenth.
A person like Dharmaraya wouldn't have uttered a lie.
A person like krishna wouldn't have cheated.
Most of the poor people would not have taken food in this contry.
3. Key to learners :
Present, past and future perfect forms and their corresponding negative forms are introduced. The stucture is, past participle form of the verb plus present, past and future tense form of the verb iru.
166/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 18/169
3.1 present perfect
bandu + idaare = bandidaare 'they have come' nooDi +idaane = nooDidaane 'they have seen'
3.2 past perfect
bandu + idda = bandidda 'he had come
nooDi + idda = nooDidda ' he had seen'
3.3 Future perfect
bandu + irtaane = bandirtaane 'he would have come'
nooDi + irtaane = noodirtaane 'he would have seen'
3.4 The corresponding negation is obtained by adding the negative from of the verb iru in present, past and future tense to the past participle form of the verb.
bandu + illa = bandilla (one) 'hasn't come'
nooDi + illa = nooDilla (one) 'hasn't seen'
bandu + iralilla = bandiralilla (one) 'handn't come'
nooDi + iralilla = nooDiralilla (one) 'handn't seen'
bandu + iralla = bandiralla (one) 'would not have
come'
nooDi + iralla = nooDiralla (one) 'would not have seen'
4. Exercise : 4.1 Fill in the blanks using the perfect forms of the verbs given
in the bracket.
4.1.1 EA¢gÀUÁA¢ü ºÉÆÃzÀ ªÁgÀ ªÉÄʸÀÆjUÉ________(§gÀÄ)
4.1.2 °Ã¯Á gÁwæ £À£ÀUÉ MAzÀÄ PÀ£À¸ÀÄ ____________(©Ã¼ÀÄ)
4.1.3 °Ã¯Á ̈ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ____________________(ºÉÆÃUÀÄ)
4.1.4 CªÀgÀÄ ̧ ÀAeÉ LzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ____________(§gÀÄ)
4.1.5 £À£Àß ̧ ÉßûvÀ ¤£Éß ̧ ÀAeÉ zÁjAiÀÄ°è ____________(¹PÀÄÌ)
4.2 Transform in following sentences into past perfect tense.
4.2.1 ¸Ágï, ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¥sÉÆÃ£ï §A¢zÉ.
4.2.2 CªÀ£ÀÄ M¼Éî PÀxÉ §gÉ¢zÁÝ£É.
4.2.3 CªÀgÀÄ ZÁªÀÄÄAr ̈ ÉlÖPÉÌ ºÉÆÃVzÁÝgÉ.
4.2.4 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀgÀUÀ ªÉʨsÀªÀ¢AzÀ DZÀj¸ÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
4.2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ MAzÀÄ ºÉƸÀ ªÁZÀÄ PÉÆArzÁÝ£É.
4.3 Transform into present perfect.
4.3.1 ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä ̧ ÀÆÌ°UÉ §gÁÛgÉ.
4.3.2 EªÀvÀÄÛ ¥ÀjÃPÁë ¥sÀ°vÁA±À §gÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
4.3.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ D ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀÄvÁÛ£É.
4.3.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÀ PÀxÉ N¢ÛÃj?
4.3.5 CªÀgÀÄ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛgÉ.
4.4 Transform-into future perfect
4.4.1 gÁªÀÄ ̧ ÀAeÉ LzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ §gÀÄvÁÛ£É.
4.4.2 CªÀgÀÄ Hl ªÀiÁqÀÄvÁÛ£É.
4.4.3 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è ªÀÄ¼É §gÀÄvÉÛ.
4.5 Transform into negative
4.5.1 ¨ÁzÁ«ÄUÉ aãÁ zÉñÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¹ ºÀÄåAiÀÄ£ïvÁìAUï §A¢zÀÝ.
168/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 18/171
4.5.2 PÉÃvÀªÀÄ®è ºÀ¼ÉéÃr£À zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À PÀnÖ¹zÀÝ.
4.5.3 CªÀgÀÄ PÁj£À°è §A¢zÁÝgÉ.
4.5.4 CªÀgÀÄ gÁeïPÀĪÀiÁgï ºÁqÀÄ PÉüÀ®Ä ºÉÆÃVzÁÝgÉ.
4.5.5 £ÁUÀgÁeï ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §A¢gÁÛ£É.
4.5.6 CªÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¸À ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÀÄ.
4.5.7 £Á£ÀÄ ©eÁ¥ÀÄgÀ £ÉÆÃrzÉÝãÉ.
4.5.8 gÀ« ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ªÀÄ®VgÁÛ£É.
4.6 Transform into Kannada.
4.6.1 Did you meet Ramesh in Dharawar?
4.6.2 Teachers from various states have come to learn Kannada.
4.6.3 Boys have gone to see the cricket match.
4.6.4 he had gone on office duty.
4.6.5 He would have come home by this time.
4.7 Answer the following questions.
4.7.1 ¤ªÀÄä vÀAzÉ vÁ¬Ä HjAzÀ §A¢zÁÝgÁ?
4.7.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃzÀ ªÀµÀð ©ÃzÀgïUÉ ºÉÆÃV¢ÝgÁ?
4.7.3 ¤ªÀÄä eÉÆÃUï d®¥ÁvÀ £ÉÆÃr¢ÝÃgÁ ?
4.7.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ N¢¢ÝÃgÁ?
5. Vocabulary
CwÛUÉ `sister - in - law'
G½zÀÄPÉƼÀÄî `to stay'
5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary
C¢üPÁj `officer'
£Á¯ÁÌuÉ `four annas'
£ÀÄAUÀÄ `to swallow'
¥Àæ§AzsÀ `essay'
¥ÀæªÁ¸À `tour'
ªÉÆøÀ `cheating'
gÉÆÃV `patient'
®AZÀ `bribe'
¸Á® `loan'
¸ÀļÀÄî `lie'
170/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 19/173
¥ÁoÀ - 19
1. Narration
ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ, ¨ÉîÆgÀÄ
P£À ÁðlPzÀ À ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ ²®à
PÉÃAzÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ. C°è ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼ÀgÀÄ PÀnÖ¹zÀ
dUÀvÀàç¹zÀÞ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ½ªÉ. F
JgÀqÀÆ ¸ÀܼÀUÀ¼ÀÆ FV£À ºÁ¸À£À
f¯É èAi ÀÄ° èª É . ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj¤AzÀ
ºÀ¼ÉéÃrUÉ ¸ÀĪÀiÁgÀÄ 250
Q¯ É Æ Ã« Ä Ãlg ï DU À Ä v À Û z É .
ºÀ¼ÉéÃr¤AzÀ ¨ÉîÆjUÉ 15
Q¯ÉÆëÄlgï.
ºÀ¼ÉéÃr£À°ègÀĪÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ
ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼ÉñÀégÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À.
¨ÉîÆj£À°ègÀĪÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ
ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ZÉ£ÀßPÉñÀªÀ zÉêÁ®AiÀÄ.
¨ÉîÆgÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß PÀnÖ¹zÀ
gÁd£ À º ɸ Àg À Ä º ÉÆAi À Ä ì¼ À
«µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À. EªÀ£ÀÄ gÁdå¨sÁgÀ
ªÀiÁqÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝ PÁ®zÀ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀ
²®àPÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀĪÀtð AiÀÄÄUÀªÀ£ÀÄß
PÀArvÀÄÛ. EªÀ£À ºÉAqÀw ±ÁAvÀ¯Á
`£ÁlågÁt' JA§ ©gÄÀ zÄÀ ¥qÀ zÉ ªÀ ¼À ÄÀ .
EªÀ¼ÀÄ £ÁlåPÀ¯ÉUÉ ¸À°è¹zÀ PÁtÂPÉ
C¥ÁgÀ. ºÀ¼É©ÃqÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À
PÀnÖ¹zÀªÀ£ÀÄ PÉÃvÀªÀÄ®è. CªÀ£ÀÄ
«µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À£À zÀAqÀ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ DVzÀÝ.
Halebid and Belur are famous architectural centres of Karnataka. The world famous tempels built by Hoysalas, are there. These places are in the present Hassan district. Halebid is a b o u t 2 5 0 k m s . f r o m Bangalore. It is only 15 kms. from Halebid to Belur.
The name of the temple at Helebid is Hoysaleswara temple. The name of the temple at Belur is Channakesava temple. The name of the king who built Belur temple is, Hoysala Vishnuvardhana. At the time when he was ruling, Karnataka saw the golden age in architecture. His wife Shantala had a title - `Queen of Dance'. Her contribution to the art or dance is remarkable. The man who built Halebid temple was Ketamalla. He was Commander-in-chief of Vishnuvardhana.
»AzÉ ºÀ¼ÉéÃrUÉ EzÀÝ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ
zÁégÀ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÀæ CAvÀ. ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼ÀgÀ
gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀiÁVzÀÝ zÁégÀ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÀæ
CAvÀ. ºÆÉ AiÄÀ å¼gÀ À gÁdzÁs ¤AiiÀ ÁVzÝÀ
zÁgé À̧ ªÀ ÄÀ Äz æÀ ªÆÉ U®À g À DPªæÀ ÄÀ t¢Az À
ºÁ¼Á¬ÄvÀÄ. ºÁ¼ÁzÀ HjUÉ
ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ CAvÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ §AvÀÄ.
`ªÃÉ ¯Á¥ÄÀ g'À JAzÄÀ ¥ÄÀ gÁtU¼À °À è
¥¹æÀ zÞÀªÁz À ¥zæÀ ÃÉ ± À FU À ¨ÃÉ ®ÆgÄÀ
JAzÁVz.É
DUÁUÎÉ zÁ½ ªiÀ ÁqÁ Û EzÝÀ ªÆÉ U®À
jAz À d£gÀ ÄÀ Erà zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß
ªÀÄgÀ½¤AzÀ ªÀÄÄaÑ gÀQë¹zÀgÀÄ. ºÁUÉ
G½zÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼Éà EAzÀÄ
PÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛ ¤AwªÉ.
F zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤«Äð¹zÀ
²°àUÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ dPÀÌt ªÀÄvÀÄÛ qÀAPÀt
CAvÀ d£À ºÉüÀÄvÁÛgÉ. DzÀgÉ
zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ PÀlÖqÀzÀ°è ªÀÄ°èvÀªÀÄä
JA§ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ EzÉ.
F zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À ¸ËAzÀAiÀÄð
£ÉÆÃrAiÉÄà C£ÀĨs À«¸À¨ÉÃP ÀÄ.
²°àUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀiÁrgÀĪÀ PÀĸÀÄj PÉ®¸À
CzÀÄãvÀªÁVzÉ. CµÀÄÖ ¸ÀÆPÀëöäªÁzÀ
PÀĸÀÄj PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ §¼À¥ÀzÀ
PÀ®Äè G¥AÀ iÆÉ ÃV¹zÁÝg.É zÃÉ ªÀ̧ ÁÜ£zÀ À
ºÉÆgÀUÉÆÃqÉAiÀÄ°ègÀĪÀ gÁªÀiÁAiÀÄt
The earlier name of Halebid was Dwarasamudra, which was the capital of Hoysalas and ruined by the Mogal invasion. The town got the name Halebid (old township). The place which was famous as 'Velapura' in mythology is now called Belur.
The people protected the temples from the frequent invasions of Moghals by covering them with sand. The temples thus saved stand proclaiming their artistry even today.
People say that the archi- tects who built these temples are Jakkana and Danakana. But there is another name `Mallitamma' on the building.
One can know the beauty of these temples only by seeing them. The subtle carvings of the sculptors are marvellous. To achieve such a delicacy in carving they have used soapstone. The scenes from the Ramayana and the
Lesson 19/175
ªÀĺÁ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ zÀȱÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ, ±ÁAvÀ¯Á
£Álå ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ ªÀÈvÁÛPÁgÀzÀ
PÀ®Äè, ««zsÀ ¨sÀAVAiÀÄ°è £Álå
ªÀiÁqÀÛ EgÀĪÀ ²¯Á¨Á°PÉAiÀÄgÀÄ,
£ÀAiÀĪÁV PÉwÛzÀ §¸ÀªÀ EªÉ®è
²°àUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¤ÃrzÀ PÁtÂPÉ.
F zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ£ÁðlPÀ
±ÉÊ°AiÀÄ°è PÀnÖzÁÝgÉ. EzÀÄ zÁæ«qÀ
ºÁUÀÄ GvÀÛgÀzÀ £ÁUÀgÀ ±ÉÊ°AiÀÄ
¸ÀAUÀªÀÄ. £ÀPÀëvÁæPÁgÀzÀ dUÀ°AiÀÄ
ªÉÄÃ¯É Cw JvÀÛgÀªÀÇ C®èzÀ Cw
aPÀÌzÀÆ C®èzÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À EzÉ.
F JgÀqÀÆ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À°è
CzÀQÌAvÀ EzÀÄ, EzÀQÌAvÀ CzÀÄ
±ÉæõÀ× C£ÀÄߪÀ ºÁUÉ E®è. CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
£ÉÆÃr D£ÀA¢¸À¨ÉÃPÀÄ. AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ
±ÉæõÀ× JAzÀÄ ¤tð¬Ä¸ÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ
º ÉÆÃU À¨Ág Àz ÀÄ . CªÀ ÅU À¼ À£ ÀÄ ß
£ÉÆÃqÀzÀ ªÀåQÛ £ÀvÀzÀȵÀÖ.
F zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀ®Ä
C°èUÉ ¢£Á §gÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ £ÀÆgÁgÀÄ
d£À. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è F zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À
UÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀzÀªÀgÀÄ C¥ÀgÀÆ¥À.
MªÉÄä §AzÀªÀjUÉ ªÀÄvÉÛ §gÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ
J£ÀÄߪÀAvÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. MAzÀÄ ¸Áj
£ÉÆÃrzÀªÀjUÉ ªÀÄv É Û ªÀÄv É Û
Mahabharata on the walls of the temple, the round stone on which Shantala used to dance, the Shilaballikas in various dancing postures, finely carved bull, all these are gifts of sculptors.
These temples are built in the Karnataka style. The Karnataka style is combination of the Dravida and the northern nagara style. On a star shaped plat from there is a temple which is neither too large nor too small.
It is not possible to say that this temple is greater than that or that is a superior to this. one should see them to enjoy them. one shouldn't try to decide which is superior on who hasn't see them is an unfortunate man indeed.
The number of people who come there daily to see these temples are in hundreds. In Karnataka the people who haven't seen these temples are rere indeed. Those who come once feel like coming again. It
£ÉÆÃrzÀgÀÆ ¨ÉøÀgÀªÁUÀĪÀÅ¢®è.
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj¤AzÀ §gÀĪÀªÀjUÉ FUÀ
ºÉaÑ£À §¸ï ¸ËPÀAiÀÄð EzÉ. FUÀ
C°èUÉ §gÀĪÀªÀgÀ ¸ÀASÉå eÁ¹Û
EgÀĪÀÅzÀjAzÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀjUÉ J¯Áè
C£ÀÄPÀÆ® PÀ°à¸À¯ÁVzÉ.
is not boring to see these again and again. Now there is good bus service for those who come from Bangalore. As the number of visi tors has increased now all facilities have been provided.
2. Pattern drill
21. £ÁªÀÅ £ÉÆÃqÀ®Ä ºÉÆÃUÁÛ
EgÀĪÀ ¸ÀܼÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ,
¨ÉîÆgÀÄ.
CªÀgÀÄ vÀj¸ÁÛ EgÀĪÀ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï
¥ÀæeÁªÁtÂ.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ NzÁÛ EgÀĪÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ
ªÀÄgÀ½ ªÀÄtÂÚUÉ.
22. ¨ÉîÆj£À°ègÀĪÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ
ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ZÉ£ÀßPÉñÀªÀ zÉêÁ®AiÀÄ.
£ÁªÀÅ EªÀvÀÄÛ £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀ
¹¤ªÀiÁ ZÉÆêÀÄ£À zÀÄr.
CªÀgÀÄ PÉüÀĪÀ ¥Àæ±Éß ̧ ÀjAiÀÄ®è. 2.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ £ÉÆÃrzÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ
The places that we are going to see are Halebid and Belur.
The newspaper that they are getting is prajavani.
The book that she is reading is `Maralimannige'
The name of the temple which is at Belur is Channa- keshava temple.
The movie that we are going to see today is `Chomana Dudi'
The question that he asks is not correct.
Which is the film that you
174/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 19/177
AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ?
¤£Éß ªÀiÁrzÀ ¥ÁoÀ N¢.
CªÀgÀÄ PÉÆlÖ ºÀt K£ÀÄ
ªÀiÁrzÉ.?
2.4 EzÀÄ ±ÁAvÀ¯Á £Álå ªÀiÁqÁÛ
EzÀÝ eÁUÀ.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ
PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ ªÀĺÁgÁd PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ.
£ÁªÀÅ ªÁ¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ
HgÀÄ w¥ÀlÆgÀÄ.
2.5 ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼ÀgÀ gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀiÁVzÀÝ
zÁégÀ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÀæ ºÁ¼Á¬ÄvÀÄ.
¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §A¢zÀÝ ºÀÄqÀÄV
AiÀiÁgÀÄ ?
¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ¼ÀÄ»¹zÀ ºÀt JµÀÄÖ?
2.6 DqÀÄ ªÀÄÄlÖzÀ ̧ ÉƦà®è.
CªÀ¤UÉ UÉÆwÛ®èzÀ «µÀAiÀÄ«®è.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ £ÉÆÃqÀzÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ E®è.
saw?
Read the lesson which was done yesterday.
What did you do with the money which he paid ?
This is the place where Shantala used to dance.
The college where she was working is Maharaja's College
The place where we were living was Tiptur.
Dwarasamudra, which was the capital of Hoysalas, was ruined.
Who was the girl who had come to your home ?
What was the amount that you sent?
There is no plant which a goat doesn't touch.
There is nothing which he doesn't know.
There are no films which she doesn't see.
¥ÀÄlÖ¥À ࣠ÀªÀg ÀÄ §gÉAi ÀÄzÀ
¸Á»vÁå ¥ÀæPÁgÀ E®è.
2.7 ¤ªÀÄ ä° è CgÀª ÀÄ£ ÉAi À Ä£ ÀÄ ß
£ÉÆÃqÀzÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ?
EªÀvÀÄÛ ºÉÆÃA ªÀPïð §gÉAiÀÄ
zÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?
¤ª À Ä ä° è £Á¼ É lÆgï
ºÉÆÃUÀzÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?
2.8 £ÀªÀÄä D¦üù£À°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ
§gÀzÀªÀgÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ d£À EzÁgÉ.
£ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è NzÀzÀªÀ¼ÀÄ
£À£Àß vÀAV M§â¼É.
£ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄAwæªÀÄAqÀzÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ
§gÉAiÉÆÃPÉ §gÀzÀªÀgÀÄ E§âgÀÄ
EzÁÝgÉ.
2.9 CzÀÄ ¤Ã£ÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀzÀ PÉ®¸À
C®è.
EzÀÄ CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉüÀzÀ «µÀAiÀÄ
C®è.
2.10CzÀÄ PÉ®¸ÀPÉÌ §gÀzÀ ¥É£ÀÄß.
There is no literary form in which puttappa has not written.
Who is the one among you who has not seen the palace ?
Who are those who have not written home-work today?
Who are the ones who are not going for tour tomorrow?
There are ten person in our office who do not know Kannada.
The only one who has not studied in our hose is my younger sister.
There are two in our cabinet who do not know to write Kannada
It is not something which you have never done.
It is not something which he hasn't heard before.
It is a pen that is of no use.
176/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 19/179
CzÀÄ ªÁ¸ÀPÉÌ AiÉÆÃUÀåªÀ®èzÀ
ªÀÄ£É.
CªÀgÀÄ CzÀPÉÌ®è »AdjAiÀÄzÀ
ªÀåQÛ.
2.11 ºÉüÀzÀ ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ EªÀ£ÀÄ K£ÀÆ
ªÀiÁqÉÆâ®è.
¤ÃªÀÅ PÀgÉAiÀÄzÀ ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ CªÀ£ÀÄ
§gÀĪÀÅ¢®è.
¤ÃªÀÅ NzÀzÀ ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉë
AiÀÄ°è ¥Á¸ÁUÀĪÀÅ¢®è.
2.12§mÉÖ MUÉAiÀÄĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ CUÀ¸À.
¥ÁoÀ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ CzsÁå¥ÀPÀ.
ªÀÄgÀUÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ §qÀV. .
ZÀ¥ À à° ºÉÆ°Ai ÀÄĪÀª À£ ÀÄ
ZÀªÀiÁägÀ.
§mÉÖ ºÉÆ°AiÀÄĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ zÀfð.
ªÀÄqÀPÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ
PÀÄA¨ÁgÀ.
¥ÀzÀå §gÉAiÀÄĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ«.
2.13 £ÀqÉAiÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ JqÀªÀÅvÁÛ£É.
It is a house which is unfit for living.
He is not a person who would flinch at all that.
He won't do anything unless he is told.
Unless you call him he won't come.
Unless you read you won't get through in the examination.
One who washes clothes is a was her man.
One who teaches is a teacher.
One who does wood work is a carpenter.
One who makes chappals is a cobbler.
One who makes clothes is a tails
One who makes post is a potter.
One who writes poetry is a poet.
One who walks trips.
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀªÀgÀ ¸ÉßúÀ ©qÀ¨ÉÃr.
£ÀªÀÄä ºÁ¸ÉÖ°£À°è PÀ¸À UÀÄr¸ÀĪÀ ªÀ¼ÀÄ EzÁݼÉ.
2.14¤ªÀÄä°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ EgÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ EµÀÄÖ d£À?
£ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀAVÃvÀ PÀ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ EgÀĪÀªÀ¼ÀÄ PÀªÀÄ®.
eÉÆÃgÁV NzÀÄvÁÛ EgÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ £À£Àß ªÀÄUÀ.
2.15¤ªÀÄUÉ ªÀÄ£É ̈ ÁrUÉ PÉÆlÖªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ.
£À£ÀUÉ ¥ÀvÀæ §gÉzÀªÀ£ÀÄ D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ.
¤£Àß ¸ÀAeÉ ¸ÀAVÃvÀ ºÁrzÀ ªÀ¼ÀÄ £À£Àß vÀAV.
2.16£À£Àß ªÀiÁwUÉ £ÀUÁÛ EzÀݪÀ£ÀÄ £À£Àß gÀƪÀiïªÉÄÃmï.
£ÀªÀÄUÉ NzÉÆÃPÉ ºÀt PÉÆqÁÛ EzÀݪÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä aPÀÌ¥Àà.
Don't give up the company of those who speak Kannada.
We have awoman in our hostel to sweep.
How many among you are learning Kannada?
One who is learning music in our family is Kamala.
One who is reading loudly is my son.
Who rented you the house ?
One who wrote me a letter is that boy.
One who sang yesterday evening is my younger sister.
One who used to laugh at me was my room mate.
One who was paying for our studies was my uncle.
3. Key to learners :
Relative participle constructions, negative relative participle constractions, participle nuns and negative participle nouns are introduced in this lesson.
178/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 19/181
3.1 Relative participle constructions :
-a is the relative participle maker in Kannada. The structure of the relative participle in Kannada changes according to tense.
3.1.1Non-past-relative participle
The structure is,
hoogu + a = hooguva.
bare + a = bareyuva.
kuDi + a = kuDiyuva.
avanu hooguva sthaLa kemmaNNuguNDi.
the place to which he goes is Kemmannugundi.
avaLu bareyuva kathe saNNadu.
the story the she writes is a short one.
avaru kuDiyuva kaafi bru kaafi.
Coffee they drink is bru coffee.
Note the addition of - v-and-uva-when-u-and-i, -e, ending verbs added to R.P
3.1.2 Past :
The structure is,
Past tense stem + R. P.
tind + a = tinda
kalit + a = kalita
koTT + a = koTTa
nakk + a = nakka
koND + a = koNDa
nooDid + a = nooDida.
naavu tinda jaamuunu cennaagittu.
the jamun that we are eat was good.
naanu hayskuulinalli kalita ingliish maretu hooytu.
I forgot the English which I learnt in High School.
niinu koTTa haNa kharchaaytu.
he money which you paid was spent.
anannannu nooDi nakka huDuga ivane.
He is the boy who laughed at me.
niivu hoosadaagi konDa kaaru heegide?
How is the car which you newly bought?
naavu nooDida sinnimaa cennaagide.
The film which we saw is good.
3.1.3 Perfect Tense :
3.1.3.1 Present perfect :
The structure is,
Verbal participle stem + iru + R.P.
nooDi + iru + a = nooDiruva.
bandu + iru + a = bandiruva.
nimma magaLige nooDiruva huDuganige eenu kelasa?
What is the occupation of the boy whom you have seen (for marriage alliance) for your daughter?
assaamininda bandiruva I.A.S. adhikaari ivaree.
He is the I.A.S. officer who has come form Assam.
180/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 19/183
3.1.3.2 Past perfect :
The structure is,
Verbal participle stem + id + R.P.
koTTu + id + a = koTTidda.
bandu + id + a = bandidda.
naanu ninage koTTidda pennu elli?
Where is the pen which I had given you?
rushyashrunga maysuurige bandidda varsha maLe
cennaage bandittu.
The year in which Rishyashringa had come to Mysore, it rained well.
3.1.4 Continuous Tense:
3.1.4.1 Present continuous :
The structure is,
Continuous stem + iru + R.P.
maaDutta + iru + a = maadutta iruva.
oodutta + iru + a = oodutta iruva
alli kelsa maaDutta iruva huDuga nanna tamma.
The boy who is working there is my younger brother.
avanu oodutta iruva pustaka samskaara.
The book that he is reading is Samskara.
3.1.4.2 Past continuous :
The structure is,
Continuos stem + id + R.P.
hoogutta + id + a = hoogutta idda.
bareyutta + id + a = bareyutta idda.
naanu hoogutta idda bas nadige bittu.
The bus in which I was going fell ingo a river.
avaru bareyuttaa idda Kaadambari mugidilla.
The novel he was writing has not yet been completed.
Note that the R.P. construction is always followed by a noun. This is otherwise called as adjectival Participle. R.P. is always used as subordinate class which is follwed by a finite main clause.
3.2 Nagative R. P.
-add is the negative R. P. maker. By adding -add to the verb root, negative R.P. is obtained. This negation applies to all tenses except for perfect tenses.
nooDu + ada = nooDada.
naanu nooDada sinima adonde.
That is the only movie which I have not seen. Whereas, the structure for past perfect tense is, negative verbal participle stem + iru + R.P.
maaDade + id + a = maaDade idda.
heeLade + id + a = heeLade idda.
avanu maaDade idda kelasa naanu maaDide.
I did the work which he didn't do.
Kaangres heeLade idda satyaana Kamyuunis Taruheelidaru
Communists said the truth, which the Congress hadn't said.
The structure of present perfect is,
182/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 19/185
negative verbal participle stem + iru + R.P.
nooDade + iru + a = nooDade iruva.
koDade + iru + a = koDade iruva.
adhyaapakaru nooDade iruva pustakaana
vidyaarthigaLu nooDabaaradu.
Students shouldn't see the books which the teachers haven't seen.
avaru koDade iruva pustakaana nanu nimage heege koDali?
How can I lend you a book which he hasn't lent you?
3.3 Participle nouns :
participle nouns are obtained by adding third person human pronouns to the R.P. form of the verb. The participle nouns can be added to all tenses.
3.3.1. Non-past
baruva + avanu = baruvavanu.
taruva + avaLu = taruvavaLu.
koDuva + avaru = koDuvavaru.
ivattu namma manege baruvavanu nanna sneethita.
The one who comes to my house today is my friend.
nanage habbakke SarT taruvavaLu nanna akka.
The one who brings shirt for me for festival is my elder sister.
samaarambhadalli sarTifikkeT koDuvavavaru mantrigaLu.
The one who gives the certificates at the function is minister.
3.3.2 past tense :
gaandhiyannu kondavanu gooDse.
The one who killed Gandhi was Godse.
halavaaru janarannu kondavaLu phuulan deevi.
The one who killed many people is Pholan Devi.
nimage ii pustaka koTTavaru yaaru?
Who is the one who gave you this book?
3.3.3 Perfect tense :
3.3.3.1 Present!
namma maneyalli taajmahal nooDiruvavanu naanobbane.
I am the only one in my family who has seen Tajmahal.
ii skuulinalli paasaagiruvavaLu kamala obbaLe.
The only one who has passed in this school is Kamala.
nimmalli paTTadakallu nooDiruvavaru yaaru?
Who is the one among you who has seen Pattadakallu?
3.3.3.2 Past :
ii pustaka tandiddavanu raaju.
The one who had brought this book was Raju.
nanage kaagada barediddavaLu sudha.
The one who had written me a letter was Sudha.
184/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 19/187
keeraLadinda bandiddavaru elli?
where are those who had come from Kerala?
3.3.4 Continuous tense
3.3.4.1 Present
alli ooDuttaa iruvavanu ranga.
The one who is running there is Ranga.
aa kelasa maaDutta iruvavaLu vanaja.
The one who is doing that work is Vanaja.
alli hooguttaa iruvavaru saynikaru.
Those who are going there are soldiers.
3.3.4.2 Pastninne ninna jote baruttaa iddavanu yaru?Who is the one who was coming with you yester day?avana jote haaDutta iddavaLu yaaru?Who is the one who was singing with him?daariyalli galaaTe maaDuttaa iddavaru caLavaLigaararu. Those who were making noise on the road were agitators.
3.4 The negative participle noun is obtained by adding third person human pronouns to negative R.P. There is no tense distinction.
nooDada + avanu = nooDadavanu
+ avaLu = nooDadavaLu
+ avaru = nooDadavaru
nimmalli 'Sankar guru' sinimaa nooDadavaru yaaru? Who is the one among you who has not seen the movie Shankar Guru?
4. Exercise
4.1.1 Rewrite as directed.
4.1.1 CªÀgÀÄ §gÉ¢gÀĪÀ PÀxÉ ZÉ£ÁßVzÉ. (into past perfect)
4.1.2 ¨ÉîÆgÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß PÀnÖ¹zÀ gÁd «µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À. (into
past perfect)
4.1.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉüÁÛ EgÀĪÀ «µÀAiÀÄ ¤d C®è. (into past)
4.1.4 DAzsÀæ ¥ÀæzÉñÀ¢AzÀ §A¢zÀÝ «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ J°èzÁÝgÉ?. (into
past perfect)
4.1.5 ¤ÃªÀÅ £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ ZÉ£ÁßVzÉAiÀiÁ. (into past)
4.1.6 ºÉÆgÀUÀqÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄwÛgÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ. (into non past)
4.1.7 £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §AzÀªÀ£ÀÄ D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ. (into past perfect)
4.1.8 D ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄ£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ §ºÀ¼À d£À. (into past)
4.2 Combine the following sentences
4.2.1 CªÀgÀÄ ¥ÁoÀ ªÀiÁqÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
CªÀgÀÄ CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ.
4.2.2 EªÀ£ÀÄ ZÀ¥Àà° ºÉÆ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ£É.
EªÀ£ÀÄ ZÀªÀiÁägÀ.
4.2.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ©âtzÀ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀªÀiÁägÀ.
4.2.4 CªÀ£ÀÄ §mÉÖ MUÉAiÀÄĪÀÅ¢®è.
CªÀ£ÀÄ CUÀ¸À£À®è.
4.2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ«vÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀÅ¢®è.
CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ«AiÀÄ®è.
4.2.6 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ̈ ÁåAQ£À°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÛ EzÁ¼É.
186/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 19/189
CªÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°è EzÁ¼É.
4.2.7 CªÀgÀÄ OµÀ¢ü PÉÆqÁÛgÉ.
CªÀgÀÄ ªÉÊzÀågÀÄ.
4.3 Transform into double negative
4.3.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ N¢zÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ EzÀÄ.
4.3.2 CªÀgÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀ PÉ®¸À vÀÄA¨Á EzÉ.
4.3.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉüÀĪÀ «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ C£ÉÃPÀ EªÉ.
4.3.4 £À£ÀUÉ N¢zÀ ºÀÄqÀÄV EµÀÖ.
4.4 Transform into double negative
4.4.1 DqÀÄ ªÀÄÄlÄÖªÀ ̧ ÉÆ¥ÀÄà EzÉ.
4.4.2 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ EzÁgÉ.
4.4.3 ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ EzÁgÉ.
4.5 Answer the following questions.
4.5.1 ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ, ̈ ÉîÆgÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀ f¯ÉèAiÀÄ°èªÉ?
4.5.2 ºÀ¼ÉéÃr¤AzÀ ̈ ÉîÆjUÉ JµÀÄÖ zÀÆgÀ?
4.5.3 ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ̈ ÉîÆj£À°ègÀĪÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ K£ÀÄ?
CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀnÖ¹zÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?
4.5.4 d£ÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁjAzÀ ºÉÃUÉ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß gÀQë¹zÀgÀÄ?
4.5.5 zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤«Äð¹zÀ ²°àUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?
4.5.6 ±ÁAvÀ¯ÁUÉ EzÀÝ ©gÀÄzÀÄ K£ÀÄ?
4.5.7 AiÀiÁgÀ PÁ®zÀ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ²®àPÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀĪÀtðAiÀÄÄUÀªÀ£ÀÄß
PÀArvÀÄÛ?
4.5.8 ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ̈ ÉîÆjUÉ »AzÉ EzÀÝ ºÉ¸ÀgÉãÀÄ?
4.5.9 zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À PÀlÄÖªÀÅzÀPÉÌ JAxÀ PÀ®Äè §¼À¹zÁÝgÉ?
4.5.10 ²®àUÀ¼ÀÄ ©lÄÖ ºÉÆÃVgÀĪÀ PÁtÂPÉ K£ÀÄ?
4.5.11ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ ²®àzÀ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ±ÉÊ° JAzÀgÉãÀÄ?
5. Vocabulary
C£ÀĨsÀªÀ `experience'
C¥ÀgÀÆ¥À `rear'
C¥ÁgÀ `plenty'
DPÀæªÀÄt `attack'
D£ÀA¢¸ÀÄ `to enjoy'
PÀlÄÖ `to build'
PÁtÂPÉ `gift'
PÀĸÀÄj PÉ®¸À `subtle carving'
PÉÃAzÀæ `centre'
dUÀvÀàç¹zÀÞ `world famous'
dUÀ° `platfrom'
zÀAqÀ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ `commander in chief'
zÁ½ ªÀiÁqÀÄ `to invade'
zÀȱÀå `scene'
zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À `temple'
£ÀvÀzÀȵÀÖ `unfortunate person'
£ÀAiÀÄ `fine, soft'
£ÀPÀëvÁæPÁgÀ `star shape'
188/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 19/191
£ÁlåPÀ¯É `art of dance'
£ÁlågÁt `queen of dance'
¤tð¬Ä¸ÀÄ `to decide'
¥ÀqÉ `to possess'
§¸ÀªÀ `bull'
§¼À¥ÀzÀ PÀ®Äè `soap stone'
©gÀÄzÀÄ `titile'
¨ÉøÀgÀ `boredom'
ªÀÄgÀ¼ÀÄ `sand'
ªÉÄgÉ `to proclaim'
gÁdå¨sÁgÀ ªÀiÁqÀÄ `to rule'
ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ²®à `architecture'
««zsÀ ̈ sÀAV `various postures'
ªÀÈvÁÛPÁgÀ `ciruclar'
¸ÀAUÀªÀÄ `confluence'
¸ÀĪÀtðAiÀÄÄUÀ `golden age'
¸ËPÀAiÀÄð `facility'
²°à `sculptor'
²°àPÀ¯É `architecture'
²¯Á¨Á°PÉ `maidens carved in stone'
±ÉæõÀ× `superior'
±ÉÊ° `style'
ºÁ¼ÁUÀÄ `to ruin'
5.2 Supplementary vocabulary.
CUÀ¸À `washerman'
DqÀÄ `goat'
Jq˻ˁ `to trip over'
PÀ¸À UÀÄr¸ÀÄ `to sweep'
PÀÄA¨ÁgÀ `potter'
ZÀªÀiÁägÀ `cobbler'
PÀªÀiÁägÀ `blacksmith'
zÀfð `tailor'
£ÀqÉ `to walk'
§qÀV `carpenter'
ªÀÄqÀPÉ `pot'
ªÀÄAwæ ªÀÄAqÀ® `cabinet'
AiÉÆÃUÀå `fit'
¸Á»vÀå `literary form'
»Adj `to flinch'
190/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 20/193
¥ÁoÀ - 19
1. Dialogue:
PÀªÀÄ® : FUÀ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ
§¸ÀÄì ¹UÀÄvÁÛ?
²Ã® : vÀPÀët ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ
¹UÀ®èªÁ?
PÀªÀÄ® : vÀPÀët ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ
¹UÀ®èªÁ?
²Ã® : E®è, vÀPÀët ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ
EzÀÝgÉ ¹UÀ®è.
PÀªÀÄ® : ªÀÄÄA¢£À §¸ÀÄì JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ
EzÉ.
²Ã® : ªÀÄÄA¢£À §¸ÀÄì ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀÄ
UÀAmÉUÉ EzÉ.
PÀªÀÄ® : CzÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¯ÉÃmÁUÀÄvÉÛ.
²Ã® : vÀÄA¨Á CeÉðAmï PÉ®¸À
EzÉAiÀiÁ?
PÀªÀÄ® : ºËzÀÄ. £À£Àß ¸ÉßûvÉ
PÁAiÀiÁÛ EgÁÛ¼É.
²Ã® : F §¸ÀÄì ¹UÀzÉ EzÉæ
mÉæöʤUÉ ºÉÆÃV.
If i go now can I get a bus to Bangalore ?
If you go immediately you will get it.
If I don't go immediately won't it be available ?
No, I f you don ' t go immediatly you won't get it.
At what time is the next bus?
The next one is at 12o' clock.
If I go by that, it will be late.
Do you have urgent work?
Yes my friend get this bus you can go by train.
If you don't get this bus you can go by train.
PÀªÀÄ® : mÉæöÊ£ÀÄ JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ EzÉ?
²Ã® : ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ EzÉ.
PÀªÀÄ® : vÀÄA¨Á ¯ÉÃmÁUÀÄvÉÛ. £Á£ÀÄ
¨ÉÃUÀ ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ £À£Àß
¸ÉßûvÉ ¹UÀ®è.
²Ã® : ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ
EªÀvÉÛà ªÁ¥À¸ï §jÛÃgÁ?
PÀªÀÄ® : PÉ®¸À DzÀgÉ §jÛä. DUÀzÉ
EzÀÝgÉ £Á¼É ¸ÀAeÉ §jÛä.
²Ã® : £Á¼É §gÁ Û EzÝÀg É ££À UÀ ÉÆAzÀÄ
¸ÀºÁAiÀÄ ªÀÄrÛÃgÁ?
PÀªÀÄ® : K£ÀÄ ?
²Ã® : £À£ÀUÉÆAzÀÄ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
PÀªÀÄ® : AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ?
²Ã® : gÁªÀiÁAiÀÄtzÀ±Àð£ÀA.
PÀªÀÄ® : J°è ¹UÀÄvÉÛÃ?
²Ã® : ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ §ÄPï §ÆågÉÆÃUÉ
ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¹UÀÄvÉÛ.
PÀªÀÄ® : C°è ¹QÌzÀgÉ vÀjÛä. ¹UÀzÉ
At what time is there a train?
It is at eleven o' clock.
It will be too late. If I don't go early me friend won't be available.
If you go to Bangalore will you come back today itself?
If the work is over I shall come back. If it is not over. I shall come tomorrow evening.
If you are coming tomorrow will you do me a favour?
What is that?
I want a book.
Which one ?
Ramayana Darshanam.
Where is it available?
If you go to Bangalore Book Bereau, it is available there.
If it is available there I will
Lesson 20/195
EzÀÝgÉ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀ°?.
PÀªÀÄ® : ¹UÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ¨ÉÃr.
bring it. If it is not avail able there, what shall I do?
If it is not available don't bother.
2. Pattern drill
2.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ §¸ï ¹QÌzÀgÉ
§ÈAzÁªÀ£ÀPÉÌ §gÁÛ£É.
¤Ã£ÀÄ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆlÖgÉ £Á£ÀÄ
¹¤ªÀiÁPÉÌ ºÉÆÃVÛä.
£Á£ÀÄ ¥sÀ¸ïÖ PÁè¹£À°è
¥Á¸ÁzÀgÉ JA. J¸ï.¹.UÉ
¸ÉÃjÛä.
2.2 gÁdÄ §A¢zÀÝgÉ PÀj.
¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°wzÀÝgÉ
PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ¯Éèà ªÀiÁvÀ£Ár.
¤ÃªÀÅ ¥ÁoÀ §gÉ¢zÀÝgÉ
ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
2.3 ¤Ãª À Å ¨ É AU À ¼ ÀÆjU É
ºÉÆÃUÁÛ zÀÝgÉ ºÉý.
¤ÃªÀÅ PÁUÀzÀ §jÃvÁ
PÀÆvÀgÉ ̄ ÉÃmÁUÀÄvÉÛ.
CªÀ£ÀÄ ¥ÁoÀ ªÀiÁqÁÛ
EzÀÝgÉ ¤zÉæ §gÀÄvÉÛ.
If he gets a bus he will come to Brindavan.
If you give me money I will go to a movie.
If I get through in first class I shall join M.sc.
If Raju has come call him.
If you have learnt Kannada speak in it.
If you have written the lesson you may go.
If you are going to Bangalore tell me.
If you start writing a letter, it will be late.
If he is teaching one gets sleepy.
2.4 ºÁ®Ä PÀÄr¹zÀgÉ ªÀÄUÀÄ
C¼À®è.
FUÀ ªÀÄ£É ©lÖgÉ CAxÀ ªÀÄ£É
¹PÀÌ®è.
£ÁªÃÉ CrU É ªiÀ ÁrPÉÆAqÀgÉ
ºÉZÀÄÑ RZÀÄð §gÀ®è.
2.5 ªÀģɬÄAzÀ PÁUÀzÀ §AzÀgÉ
HjUÉ ºÉÆÃVÛÃAiÀiÁ?
¨É¼ÀUÉÎ ºÉÆgÀlgÉ ¤ªÀÄä
HjUÉ JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ
¸ÉÃjÛÃj?
£Á£ÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ §AzÀgÉ
¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß J°è £ÉÆÃqÀ°?
2.6 £Á£ÀÄ ¸Á¬ÄÛä CAzÀgÉ
¨ÉÃqÀ CAvÁgÉ.
¤£ÀUÉ PÉ®¸À ¹UÀ°®è CAzÀgÉ
K£ÁärÛÃAiÀÄ?
2.7 £Á£ÀÄ C°èUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ
EzÀÝgÉ ZÉ£ÁßVgÀ®è.
¤ÃªÀÅ §gÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ CªÀgÀÄ
§gÀ®è.
nPÉmï ¹UÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ £ÁªÀÅ
¹¤ªÀiÁPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀ®è.
2.8 ¤ªÀÄUÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ DUÀzÉ
If the baby is fed it won't cry.
If you give up the house you are in now, you won't get such an one.
If we cook our own food, it won't be expensive.
If you get a letter from home will you go to your home town?
If you start in the morning at what time will you reach your home town ?
If I come to Bangalore where can I see you?
If I say I will die, they will say don't.
If you don't get a job what will you do?
It won't be nice, if I don't go there.
If you don't come, they won't come.
If we don't get the tickets, we won't go to the movie.
If it is not trouble to you
194/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 20/197
EzÀÝ°è zÀAiÀÄ«lÄÖ §¤ß.
ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ̄ ÉÃmÁUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ
¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
CªÀ¤UÉ PÉ®¸À ¹PÀÌzÉ EzÀÝgÉ
ªÁå¥ÁgÀ ªÀiÁqÀ°.
£ÀªÀÄUÉ §¸ÀÄì ¹PÀÌzÉ EzÀÝgÉ
DmÉÆÃzÀ°è ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃt.
2.9 £À£Àß ̧ ÉßûvÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §gÀzÉ
EzÀÝgÉ £Á£ÀÄ ¹nUÉ §jÛä.
CªÀgÀ ºÉAqÀw HjUÉ
ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ CªÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä
eÉÆvÉAiÀÄ°è §gÁÛgÉ.
£ÁªÀÅ gÁªÀÄ£À ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ¨ÉÃUÀ
ºÉÆgÀqÀ¢zÀÝgÉ CªÀ£Éà E°èUÉ
§gÁÛ£É.
2.10 CªÀ£ÀÄ K£ÀÆ ªÀiÁqÁÛ
E®èzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ªÀÄ®V
PÉƼÉÆîÃPÉ ºÉüÀÄ.
¸ÀÄgÉñÀ HjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ
E®èzÉ EzÀÝgÉ £Á£ÀÄ
ºÉÆÃVÛ¤.
please do come.
If we are not delayed at home, we can go to city.
If he does'nt get a job let him do business.
If we don't get a bus, let us go by an auto.
If my friends do not come home, I will come to city.
If his wife does not go to her home town, he will come with us.
If we do not go to Ramu's house early he himself will come here.
If he is not doing anythig ask him to sleep.
If Suresh is not going to his home town I shall go.
3. Key to learners :
The simple conditional construction is introduced in this lesson. -are is the conditional marker. This conditinal maker is added to different tenses.
3.1 Non past
The stucture is,
past stem + conditional marker.
nakk + are = nakkare.
Kamala bandare kari. 'If kamala comes call her'.
nanna nooDi nakkare ninna hallu muriitiini.
'If you laugh at me, I shall break your teeth'.
3.2 Continuous
The structure is, continuous stem + conditional of 'iru'
bartaa + iddare = bartaa iddare.
avanu bartaa iddare kari. 'IF he is coming call him.'
avaLu nagtaa iddare aLu baratte.
'If she is laughing I feel like weeping'.
3.3 Perfect tense
The structure is,
verbal participle stem + conditional of iru.
bandu + iddare = bandiddare.
ninage laaTari bandiddare nanage sviiT koDisu.
'If you have won the lottery get me sweets.'
Note that the conditional constructions is mentioned above refer to non-past events.
3.4 The simple negative conditional is obtained by adding iddare to the verbal participle negation.
obdade + iddare = oodade iddare
niinu cennaagi oodade iddare feelaagtiiye.
196/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 20/199
If you don't read well you will fai.
avaru barade iddare naanu hoogalla.
'If he doesn't come I won't go.'
3.5 The continuous negative conditional is obtained by adding illade iddare or irade iddare to the continuous stem.
avanu oodutta illade iddare / irade iddare barooke heeLu.
'If he is not studying ask him to come'.
4. Exercise
4.1. Fill in the blanks using the conitional form of the verbs given in the bracket.
4.1.1 ¤Ã£ÀÄ ____________ £Á£ÀÄ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ PÉÆrÛä (¨Á)
4.1.2 gÁdÄ OµÀ¢ü_____________ dégÀ PÀrªÉÄAiÀiÁUÀÄvÉÛ (PÀÄr)
4.1.3 HjUÉ PÁUÀzÀ _________________ºÀt PÀ½¸ÁÛgÉ. (§gÉ)
4.1.4 ¹¤ªÀiÁ _______________vÀ¯É£ÉÆêÀÅ §gÀÄvÉÛ. (£ÉÆÃqÀÄ)
4.2 Combine the following sentences using conditional form :
4.2.1 EªÀvÀÄÛ ªÀÄ¼É §gÀvÉÛ
©¹®Ä PÀrªÉÄAiÀiÁUÀÄvÉÛ.
4.2.2 £Á¬Ä ̈ ÉÆUÀ¼ÁÛ EzÉ. .
E°è PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ §gÀĪÀÅ¢®è.
4.2.3 CªÀgÀÄ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ vÀA¢zÁÝgÉ.
£Á£ÀÄ CªÀjUÉ ºÀt PÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
4.2.4 ªÀÄzsÁåºÀß Hl ªÀiÁrÛä.
ZÉ£ÁßV ¤zÉæ §gÀvÉÛ.
4.2.5 CªÀgÀÄ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆqÁÛgÉ.
£Á£ÀÄ ̈ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃVÛä.
4.3 Transform into negative conditional :
4.3.1 PÉlÖ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁrzÀgÉ §AiÀiÁÛgÉ.
4.3.2 £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ CªÀgÀÄ §gÁÛgÉ.
4.3.3 ¨sÁUÀå D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ N¢zÀgÉ M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ.
4.3.4 CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ¥Àæ±Éß PÉýzÀgÉ ̈ ÉÃeÁgÀÄ.
4.4 Transform the following sentences into double negative:
4.4.1 ªÀÄUÀÄ JzÀÝgÉ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄrAiÀÄÄvÉÛ.
4.4.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¹» wAr PÉÆlÖgÉ §jÛä.
4.4.3 CªÀgÀÄ §A¢zÀÝgÉ PÀjwä.
4.4.4 PÀµÀÖ ¥ÀlÖgÉ ̧ ÀÄR EzÉ.
4.4.5 PÉÊ PɸÀgÁzÀgÉ ̈ Á¬Ä ªÉƸÀgÁUÀvÉÛ.
4.5 Answer the following quesions.
4.5.1 ¤ªÀÄUÉ vÀ¯É£ÉÆêÀÅ §AzÀgÉ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrÛÃj?
4.5.2 ¤ªÀÄUÉ Hj¤AzÀ PÁUÀzÀ §gÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ¨ÉÃeÁgÁUÀÄvÁÛ?
4.5.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ D¦üùUÉ ̄ ÉÃmÁV ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¤ªÀÄä D¦üøÀgï §AiÀiÁÛgÁ?
4.5.4 ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¯ÁljAiÀÄ°è MAzÀÄ ®PÀë gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä §AzÀgÉ K£ÀÄ
ªÀiÁrÛj?
198/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 21/201
¥ÁoÀ - 21
1. Dialogue:
D£ÀAzÀ :¤ÃªÀÅ ¨ÉÃUÀ §A¢zÀÝgÉ
JAlÄ UÀAmÉUÉ gÉ樀 ¹UÁÛ
EvÀÄÛ.
gÁªÀÄ : gÉ樀 ºÉÆÃV©qÁÛ?
D£ÀAzÀ: FUÀ vÁ£É ºÉÆÃAiÀÄÄÛ. F
gÉÊ°UÉ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ
ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ vÀ®Ä¥ÁÛ
EzÉÝêÀÅ.
gÁªÀÄÄ: ªÀÄÄA¢£À mÉæöÊ£ÀÄ JµÀÄÖ
UÀAmÉUÉ?
D£ÀAzÀ: ºÀvÀÆÛªÀgÉ UÀAmÉUÉ. CzÀPÉÌ
ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ MAzÀƪÀgÉUÉ
vÀ®Ä¦Ûë. ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÆ
G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀ E®è.
gÁªÀÄÄ: ºËzÀÄ EzÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ
ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ «zsÁ£À
¸ËzsÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ EzÉݪÀÅ.
D£ÀAzÀ: ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ «zÁå
ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ ¹PÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.
Hand you come earlier, we would have got the eight o'clock train.
Has the train left?
If has just left. Had we gone by this train we whoul have reached Bangalore by eleven o'clock.
At what time is the next train?
It is at ten thirty. If we go by that we will reach at one thirty.
Even if we go by that there is no use.
Yes. Had we gone by this we would have reached Vidhana soudha by eleven o'clock.
We would have met the Education Minister at 12 o'clock.
gÁªÀÄ: CªÀgÀÄ ¹QÌzÀÝgÉ CªÀgÀ
eÉÆvÉ «ªÀgÀªÁV
ªÀiÁvÁqÀ §ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
D£ÀAzÀ: CªÀgÀ eÉÆvÉ «ªÀgÀªÁV
ªÀiÁvÁrzÀÝgÉ CªÀgÀÄ
£ÀªÀÄä ¸ÀªÀiÁgÀA¨sÀPÉÌ
§gÉÆÃPÉ M¥ÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.
gÁªÀÄ: CªÀgÀÄ M¦àzÀÝgÉ ¨ÉÃgÉ
AiÀiÁgÀ£ÁßzÀgÀÆ
CzsÀåPÀëvÉUÉ PÉüÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
M¥ÀàzÉ E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ ¨ÉÃgÉ
ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
£ÉÆÃqÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
D£ÀAzÀ: DªÉÄÃ¯É C°èAzÀ gÀ«AiÀÄ
ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
gÀ«UÉ PÁUÀzÁ£ÀÆ
§gÉ¢¢Ã¤.
gÁªÀÄ: CªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è
DgÁªÀĪÁV PÀĽvÀÄ
Hl£ÁzÀgÀÆ
ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
D£ÀAzÀ: CªÀ£À ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀAeÉ
vÀ£ÀPÀ EzÀÄÝ ¸ÀAeÉ
ºÉÆgÀqÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
gÁªÀÄÄ: ¸ÀAeÉ DgÀÄ UÀAmÉ gÉÊ°UÉ
ºÉÆgÀnzÀÝgÉ MA§vÀÄÛ
Had we met him, we could have talked to him in deatil.
Had we talked to him in detail, he would have agreed to come to our function.
Had he agreed we colud have asked someone else to Preside. Supposing he didn't agree then we could have asked some other minister.
Then we could have gone to Ravi's house. We have written him a letter also.
We could have sat leisurely there and had our food.
We could have stayed there till evening and started then.
Had we started by the six o'clock train, we would have
Lesson 21/203
UÀAmÉUÉ ªÁ¥Á¸ï §gÁÛ
EzÉݪÀÅ.
D£ÀAzÀ: gÀ«UÉ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄzÉÃ
E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ £Á£ÀÄ ¨ÉøÀgÀ
ªÀiÁrPÉƼÁÛ EgÀ°®è.
CªÀ£ÀÄ PÁAiÀiÁÛ EgÁÛ£É.
gÁªÀÄ: AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ §¸ÀÄì
¹UÀ§ºÀÄzÁ, §¸ï
¸ÁÖöåArUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ?
D£ÀAzÀ: §¸ï ¸ÁöÖ åArU É ºÆÉ ÃzÀgÀÆ
F §¸ï ¹UÀ®è. §¸ï
¹QÌzÀgÀÆ ¹ÃlÄ ¹UÀ®è.
DzÀÝjAzÀ ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃzÀÄ
G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀ E®è.
come back at nine o'clock.
If we had'nt written to Ravi, I wouldn't have worried. He will be waiting.
Will there be any bus available, if we go to the bus stand?
Even if we go to the bus stand, we won't get one. Even if we get one we won't get a seat. Therefore there is no use in going.
2. Pattern drill
2.1 ¤Ã£ÀÄ LzÀÄ ¤«ÄµÀ ¨ÉÃUÀ
§A¢zÀÝgÉ JAlÄ UÀAmÉ
§¹ìUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
£Á£ÀÄ K¼ÀÄ UÀAmÉ §¹ìUÉ
ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ MAzÉà ¢£ÀzÀ°è
ªÁ¥À¸ï §gÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
2.2 MAzÀÄ DmÉÆãÁzÀgÀÆ
¹QÌzÀgÉ ¨ÉÃUÀ §gÁÛ EzÉÝ.
CªÀ£ÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è ZÉ£ÁßV
Had you come five minutes early, we could have gone by the eight o'clock bus.
Had we gone by the eight o'clock bus we could have returned the same day.
Had I got an auto I would have come early.
Had he written well in the
§g¢É zÝÀg É ¥Á¸ÁUÁÛ EzÀÝ.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV Hl
ªÀiÁrzÀÝgÉ E£ÀÆß zÀ¥Àà
DUÁÛ EzÀݼÀÄ.
¤£ÉßÃ£É §ÄPï ªÀiÁr¹zÀÝgÉ
nPÉmï ¹UÁÛ EvÀÄÛ.
2.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¨ÉÃgÉ ¢£À vÀqÀªÁV
§A¢zÀÝgÉ £À£ÀUÉ ¹lÄÖ §gÁÛ
EgÀ°®è.
CªÀ£ÀÄ CªÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀÄzÀĪÉ
DVz À Ýg É º À ÄZ À Ñ£ÁUÁ Û
EgÀ°®è.
2.4 £ÁªÀÅ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄzÉ
EzÀÝzÀÝgÉ ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ
EgÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ªÀÄzÀĪÉ
AiÀiÁUÀzÉ E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ
¸ÀÄRªÁV EgÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
£Á£ÀÄ HjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ
E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ
§gÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
2.5 £Á£ÀÄ D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ PÉÆqÀzÉ
E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ CªÀ£ÀÄ CzÀ£ÀÄß
NzÁÛ EgÀ°®è.
examination he would have got through.
Had she eaten well she would have become still fatter.
Had we booked yesterday we would have got the tickets.
Had he come late on any other day, I wouldn't have got angry.
Had he married her he wouldn't have gone mad.
Hadn't we written him a letter we could have stayed back.
Had she not married him she would have been happy.
Had I not gone to my home town, I could have come to your house.
Had I not given him that book he wouldn't have read it.
202/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 21/205
¤ÃªÀÅ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄPÉÌ ¸ÀjAiÀiÁV
§gÀzÉ E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ D PÉ®¸À
DUÁÛ EgÀ°®è.
2.6 £Á£ÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §A¢zÀÝgÉ
¤ÃªÀÅ ¹éÃmïì PÉÆr¸À¨ÉÃPÁ
VvÀÄÛ.
CªÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ
§A¢zÀÝgÉ PÁ¦ü PÉÆqÀ
¨ÉÃPÁVvÀÄÛ.
2.7 ¤ÃªÀÅ ZÉ£ÁßV NzÀzÉ
EzÀÝgÉ ¥ÀjÃPÉë
PÀlÖ¨ÁgÀzÁVvÀÄÛ.
¤ªÀÄUÉ C©ü£ÀAiÀÄ §gÀzÉ
EzÀÝgÉ £ÁlPÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁqÀ
¨ÁgÀzÁVvÀÄÛ.
¤ÃªÀÅ vÀ¥ÀÄà ªÀiÁqÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ
M¦àPÉƼÀî¨ÁgÀ¢vÀÄÛ.
2.8 FUÀ §¸ï¸ÁÖöåArUÉ
ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÆ §¸ï ¹UÀ®è.
CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°wzÀÝgÀÆ
ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃPÉ §gÀ®è.
gÀªÉÄñÀ ¢£Á D ºÀÄqÀÄVãÀ
£ÉÆÃqÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÆ CªÀ¼À£ÀÄß
ªÀiÁvÁr¹®è.
gÁdå¥Á®gÀÄ £Á¼É
Had you not come in time that work couldn't have been done.
Had I come home you would have had to offer me sweets.
Had he come to my house, I would have had to give him coffee.
If you had not studied well you shouldn't have appeared for examination.
If you you do not know acting you shouldn't have acted in the play.
If you had not made a mistake, your should't have admitted it.
Even if we go to the bus stand now we won't get a bus.
Even though he has learnt Kannada he is unable to speak it.
Even though Ramesh is seeing that girl everyday he hasn't talked to her.
Even though the Governor is
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ §AzÀgÀÆ
AiÀiÁgÀ£ÀÆß £ÉÆÃqÀ®è.
°Ã¯Á £Á¼É zɺÀ°UÉ
ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÆ
ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
coming to Bangalore tomorrow he won't see anybody.
Leela might go to Delhi tomorrow.
3. Key to learnrs
3.1 The unful filled past conditional (with built in negative implication) sentences are introduced in this lesson.
These sentences have two clauses ; viz. the conditional clause and the main clause. The conditional clause contains a conditional verb in past perfect. The main clause my be a model verb or a finite verb. The finite verb in the main clause verb or a finite verb. The finite verb in the main clause would always be in the past continuous.
niinu pustaka koTTidare oodtaa idde.
'If you had given me the book. I would have read it.' If the verb in the main class containing model verb, it will be followed by ittu,
avanu bandiddare sinimaakke hoogabahudittu. 'Had he come we could have gone to a movie.'beereyavaru aa kelasa maaDiddare niivu hattu ruupaayi jaasti koDabeekittu. 'Had some one else done that work, you would have had to pay ten rupees more'.nimage jvara bandiddare aafiisige barabaradittu. 'If you had fever, you shouldn't have come to office.
204/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 21/207
3.2 The negation in the unfulfilled past conditional are of two types.
3.2.1 Negation of conditional clause.
The structure of type (1) is,
Negative verbal participle + id + conditional of iru.
barade + ide + iddare = barade iddiddare.
avaru barade iddiddare naanu barta idde.
'If he had not come, I would have come'.
Type (2) gets negated in both the clauses.
avanu pustaka kodade iddiddare naanu haNa kodtaa iralilla.
'Had he not given me the book, I wouldn't have paid him money.
This type contain double negation and so it gives positive meaning.
3.3 The concessive form in Kannada is obrained by adding-uu to the conditional verb. It gives the meaning "even if......".
avanu ashTondu oodiddarauu avanige buddhi illa.
Even if he has read so much, he doesn't have common sense.
with 'bahuda' it gives the probability meaning.
avanu naaLe bengaLuurige bandaruu barabahudu.
He might come to Bangalore tomorrow.
4. Exercise
4.1 Transform the following sentences into unfulfilled past conditional
4.1.1 zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆlÖgÉ vÀgÀPÁj vÀjÛä.
4.1.2 ¨ÉÃUÀ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ §¸ÀÄì ¹UÀÄvÉÛ.
4.1.3 HjUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ vÉAV£ÀPÁ¬Ä vÀgÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
4.1.4 £Á£ÀÄ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ PÉÆlÖgÉ ¤Ã£ÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ ¥É£ÀÄß PÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
4.1.5 ¨ÉÃUÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
4.2 Transform into double negative.
4.2.1 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ 'UÁA¢ü' ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÁÛ EzÉÝ.
4.2.2 CªÀ¼ÀÄ £À£Àß ªÀiÁvÁr¹zÀÝgÉ £Á£ÀÆ ªÀiÁvÁqÁÛ EzÉÝ.
4.2.1 £Á£ÀÄ §A¢zÀÝgÉ ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÀt PÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÁVvÀÄÛ.
4.3 Transform the conditional clause into negative
4.3.1 ¤Ã£ÀÄ §A¢zÀgÉ £À£ÀUÉ ̧ ÀAvÉÆõÀ DVÛvÀÄÛ.
4.2.2 ªÀÄ¼É ©¢ÝzÀÝgÉ ̈ É¼É ̈ ɽÃvÁ EgÀ°®è.
4.3.3 ¥Àæw¢£Á vÀÄA¨Á zÀÆgÀ £ÀqÉ¢zÀÝgÉ DgÉÆÃUÀå ZÉ£ÁßVjÛvÀÄÛ.
4.4 Translate the following into English. gÁdÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÁªÀÄ E§âgÀÆ M¼Éî ¸ÉßûvÀgÀÄ. CªÀgÀÄ E§âgÀÆ
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è NzÀÄvÁÛ EzÁÝgÉ. gÁdÄ vÀĪÀÄPÀÆj£ÀªÀ£ÀÄ. gÁªÀÄ
ªÀÄzÀgÁ¹£ÀªÀ£ÀÄ. gÁªÀĤUÉ ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÀÄwÛgÀ°®è.
gÁdÄ CªÀ¤UÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°¸À®Ä ¥ÁægÀA©ü¹zÀ. ªÉÆzÀªÉÆzÀ®Ä
gÁªÀĤUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ PÀµÀÖªÁ¬ÄvÀÄ. DzÀgÀÆ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß
©qÀzÉ PÀ°AiÀÄ®Ä vÉÆqÀVzÀ. ¸ÉßûvÀgÀÄ eÉÆvÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ¯ÉèÃ
ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄwÛzÀÝ. eÉÆvÉUÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ NzÀĪÀÅzÀÄ PÀ°vÀ.
206/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lesson 21/209
FUÀ PÀµÀÖ¥ÀlÄÖ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À ¥ÀwæPÉ N¢
CxÀðªÀiÁrPÉƼÀÄîvÁÛ£É. gÁdÄ«£À eÉÆvÉ ¢£ÀPÉÌ ̧ Àé®à
ºÉÆvÁÛzÀgÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÁqÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ CªÀ¤UÉ vÀÈ¦Û E®è.
CªÀ£ÀÄ »ÃUÉ PÀ°vÀgÉ E£ÀÄß PÉ®ªÉà ¢£ÀUÀ¼À°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ ZÉ£ÁßV
ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
4.5 Translate the following sentences into Kannada.
4.5.1 Mysore is a famous cultural centre in Karnataka.
4.5.2 There are a number of places in Mysore which are worth seeing.
4.5.3 Srirangapattana was the earlier capital of Mysore Wodeyars.
4.5.4 The weather in Mysore is congenial.
4.5.5 I have purchased a new house in Bangalore.
4.5.6 If I meet Raju in Bangalore I will convey your regards.
4.5.7 Please ask him to write me a letter
4.5.8 The person who spoke me over the telephone the other day has come to see me.
4.5.9 Though he had been to meet the Prime minister, he couldn't meet him.
4.5.10It is easier to forget a language than learning it.
5. Vocabulary
CzsÀåPÀëvÉ `presiding'
DgÁªÀÄ `leisurely'
«zÁåªÀÄAwæ `education minister'
«ªÀgÀªÁV `in detail'
C©ü£ÀAiÀÄ `to enjoy'
z˴ˈ `fat'
¥ÁvÀæ `character'
gÁdå¥Á® `governor'
¸ÀÄRªÁV `happily'
ºÀÄZÀÄÑ `mad'
208/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Lession 22/211
PÀ£ÁðlPÀ
PÀ£ÁðlPÀPÉÌ »AzÉ EzÀÝ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ gÁdå. EzÀÄ ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ
zÀQët ¨sÁUÀzÀ°èzÉ. E°èAiÀÄ d£ÀgÀ ªÀÄÄRå ¨sÁµÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀÄÄRå
¨sÁµÉAiÀiÁzÀgÀÆ vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ, vÉ®ÄUÀÄ, ªÀÄ®AiÀiÁ¼ÀA, ªÀÄgÁp, »A¢, GzÀÄð,
EAVèµï ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ d£ÀgÀÆ EzÁÝgÉ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è MlÄÖ ªÀÄƪÀvÀÄÛ
f¯ÉèUÀ½ªÉ. ̈ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ gÁdzsÁ¤. E°è£À ºÀªÁªÀiÁ£À vÀÄA¨Á
»vÀPÀgÀªÁVzÀÄÝ ªÁ¸ÀPÉÌ AiÉÆÃUÀåªÁVzÉ. E°è£À d£ÀgÀÄ ¸ÀĸÀA¸ÀÌøvÀgÀÄ,
¸ÀºÀ£Á²Ã®gÀÄ.
PÀ£ÁðlPÀPÉÌ vÀÄA¨Á ºÀ¼ÉAiÀÄzÁzÀ ¸ÁA¸ÀÌøwPÀ ¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉ EzÉ.
gÁdgÀÄ, PÀ«UÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀªÀiÁd ¸ÀÄzsÁgÀPÀgÀÄ, zsÁ«ÄðPÀ ªÀÄÄRAqÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ
¸ÀA¸ÀÌøwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÉÆö¹PÉÆAqÀÄ §A¢zÁÝgÉ. PÀzÀA§, ZÁ¼ÀÄPÀå,
gÁµÀÖçPÀÆl, UÀAUÀ, ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼À, «dAiÀÄ£ÀUÀgÀzÀ CgÀ¸ÀgÀÄ, ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À
MqÉAiÀÄgÀÄ F gÁdåªÀ£ÀÄß D½zÁÝgÉ. EªÀÄär ¥ÀÄ°PÉò, CªÉÆÃWÀªÀµÀð
£ÀÈ¥ÀvÀÄAUÀ, «µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À PÀȵÀÚzÉêÀgÁAiÀÄ, aPÀÌzÉêÀgÁd, PÀȵÀÚgÁd
Mq ÉAi À Äg ï ª À Ä ÄAvÁz Àª Àg À Ä ¸Á»v À å , ¸ ÀA¸ À Ì øwU À¼ À£ À Ä ß
CdgÁªÀÄgÀUÉƽ¹zÀgÀÄ. ¥ÀÄ°PÉò Erà zÀQët ̈ sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è vÀ£Àß ̧ ÁªÀiÁædå
¸Áܦ¹zÀ. £ÀÈ¥ÀvÀÄAUÀ ¸Á»vÀåPÉÌ ¤ÃrzÀ PÁtÂPÉ C¥ÁgÀ. «µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À
²®àPÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÉÆæÃvÁ컹zÀ. PÀȵÀÚzÉêÀgÁAiÀÄ£À PÁ®zÀ°è a£ÀߪÀ£ÀÄß
©Ã¢AiÀÄ°è C¼ÉzÀÄ ªÀiÁgÀÄwÛzÀÝgÀAvÉ. ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À MqÉAiÀÄgÀÄ d£ÀgÀ
»vÁ¸ÀQÛAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÁ¥ÁrzÀgÀÄ.
PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è ±ÉæõÀ× PÀ«UÀ¼À ¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉAiÉÄà §AzÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÉ. D¢PÀ«
¥ÀA¥À EA¢UÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ PÀÄ®UÀÄgÀÄ. gÀ£Àß, PÀĪÀiÁgÀªÁå¸À, ºÀjºÀgÀ,
gÁWÀÀªÁAPÀ, ®QëöäñÀ, gÀvÁßPÀgÀªÀtÂð ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀ PÁªÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ
¸Á»vÀåªÀ£ÀÄß ²æêÀÄAvÀUÉƽ¹ªÉ. §¸ÀªÀtÚ, C®èªÀÄ¥Àæ¨sÀÄ, CPÀ̪ÀĺÁzÉë
ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ªÀZÀ£ÀPÁgÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä PÁæAw ¥ÀÄgÀĵÀgÀÄ. DqÀĪÀiÁvÀ£ÀÄß ̧ Á»vÀåzÀ
ªÀÄlÖPÉÌ Kj¹zÀªÀgÀÄ CxÀªÁ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DqÀĪÀiÁwUÉ
¥ÁoÀ - 22 E½¹zÀªÀgÀÄ. eÁwªÀÄvÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß «ÄÃj ¨É¼ÉzÀªÀgÀÄ. ¥ÀÄgÀAzÀgÀzÁ¸À,
PÀ£ÀPÀzÁ¸À ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀÄ zsÁ«ÄðPÀ ZËPÀnÖ£À°è ̧ ÀªÀiÁdzÀ zÉÆõÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
w¢ÝzÀªÀgÀÄ. ¸ÀªÀiÁdzÀ ¯ÉÆÃ¥ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀlĪÁV «ªÀIJð¹zÀ ¸ÀªÀðdÕ
PÀ£ÀßqÀ£ÁqÀÄ PÀAqÀ M§â £ÁqÁr PÀ«. DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå EAzÀÄ
vÀÄA¨Á ¥Àæ§ÄzÀÞªÁV ¨É¼É¢zÉ. ©.JA. ²æÃPÀAoÀAiÀÄå, UÉÆëAzÀ ¥ÉÊ, PÉ.«.
¥ÀÄlÖ¥Àà, zÀ.gÁ. ¨ÉÃAzÉæ, ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAPÀmÉñÀ CAiÀÄåAUÁgï, ²ªÀgÁªÀÄ
PÁgÀAvÀ, C.£À. PÀȵÀÚgÁAiÀÄ, UÉÆÃ¥Á®PÀȵÀÚ CrUÀ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀÄ
¥ÀæªÀÄÄRgÀÄ. ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ CvÀåAvÀ ±ÉæõÀ× ¸Á»vÀå ¥Àæ±À¹ÛAiÀiÁzÀ `eÁÕ£À¦ÃoÀ'
¥Àæ±À¹Û PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è JAlÄ ªÀÄA¢UÉ §A¢zÉ. PÉ.«. ¥ÀÄlÖ¥Àà, zÀ.gÁ.¨ÉÃAzÉæ,
²æà ²ªÀgÁªÀÄ PÁgÀAvÀ, ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAPÀmÉñÀ CAiÀÄåAUÁgï, AiÀÄÄ.Dgï.
C£ÀAvÀªÀÄÆwð, Vjñï PÁ£Áðqï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ qÁ. ZÀAzÀæ±ÉÃRgÀ PÀA¨ÁgÀ
CªÀgÉà F ¥Àæ±À¹ÛAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÀqÉzÀªÀgÀÄ.
PÀ£ÁðlPÀ £ÉʸÀVðPÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀwÛ¤AzÀ PÀÆrzÉ. E°è CgÀtå ºÁUÀÆ
R¤d ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÄÛUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÃgÀ¼ÀªÁV zÉÆgÀPÀÄvÀÛªÉ. PÉÆïÁgÀzÀ ºÀwÛgÀ a£ÀßzÀ
UÀtÂUÀ½ªÉ. ¨sÀzÁæªÀw, vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ, §¼Áîj, PÀÄzÀÄgɪÀÄÄRUÀ¼À°è PÀ©ât
ºÁUÀÆ ªÀiÁåAUÀ¤Ã¸ï CzÀÄj£À UÀtÂUÀ½ªÉ. ¨sÀzÁæªÀwAiÀÄ°è PÀ©ât,
¹ªÉÄAmï, PÁUÀzÀzÀ PÁSÁð£ÉUÀ½ªÉ. zÁªÀtUÉgÉAiÀÄ°è ºÀwÛ VgÀtÂUÀ¼ÀÄ,
ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°è UÀAzsÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÉõÉä PÁSÁð£É, ºÉƸÀ¥ÉÃmÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀPÀÌgÉ
PÁSÁð£,É ¨¼É UÀ Á«AiÄÀ ° è C®Äå«Ä¤AiÄÀ A PÁSÁð£UÉ ½À ª.É ¨AÉ U¼À ÆÀ gÄÀ
PÊÉ UÁjPÁ £UÀ gÀ ªÀ AÉ zÃÉ ¥¹æÀ ¢Þ ¥qÀ ¢É z.É C° è §ÈºvÀ ï PÊÉ UÁjPÁ WlÀ PUÀ ¼À ÄÀ Eª.É
PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀÄ ̈ sÁUÀzÀ°è zÀlÖªÁzÀ CgÀtå EzÉ. F CgÀtåzÀ°è
¨É¯É¨Á¼ÀĪÀ ²æÃUÀAzsÀ, vÉÃUÀ, ºÉÆ£Éß ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ªÀÄgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨É¼ÉAiÀÄÄvÀÛªÉ.
D£É, fAPÉ, PÁqɪÉÄä, agÀvÉ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ¥ÁætÂUÀ¼ÀÄ E°è ªÁ¹¸ÀÄvÀÛªÉ.
E°è£À ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR £À¢UÀ¼ÉAzÀgÉ PÁªÉÃj, PÀ¦®, vÀÄAUÀ¨sÀzÀæ, ±ÀgÁªÀw,
PÀȵÀÚ. F £À¢UÀ¼À ¤ÃgÀ£ÀÄß PÀȶUÉ ºÁUÀÄ «zÀÄåZÀÒQÛ GvÁࢸÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ
§¼À¹PÉƼÀî¯ÁVzÉ.
PÁªÉÃj £À¢UÉ ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À ºÀwÛgÀ PÀ£ÀßA¨Ár JA§ ̧ ÀܼÀzÀ°è CuÉPÀmÉÖ
Lession 22/213212/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
PÀlÖ¯ÁVzÉ. CzÀ£ÀÄß PÀȵÀÚgÁd¸ÁUÀgÀ JAzÀÄ PÀgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛgÉ. E°è MAzÀÄ
¸ÀÄAzÀgÀªÁzÀ ºÀÆzÉÆÃl«zÉ. CzÀgÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ §ÈAzÁªÀ£À. EzÀÄ
¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀ½UÉ zÉÆqÀØ DPÀµÀðuÉ. ±ÀgÁªÀw £À¢UÉ °AUÀ£ÀªÀÄQÌ JA§°è
CuÉPÀmÉÖ PÀnÖ «zÀÄåvï GvÁࢸÀ¯ÁUÀÄwÛzÉ. vÀÄAUÀ¨sÀzÁæ £À¢UÉ ºÉƸÀ¥ÉÃmÉ
§½ CuÉPÀmÉÖ PÀnÖ ¤ÃgÁªÀj §¼À¹PÉƼÀî¯ÁVzÉ. PÀȵÁÚ£À¢UÀÆ CuÉPÀmÉÖ
ºÁPÀ¯ÁVzÉ.
£ÀA¢¨ÉlÖ, PɪÀÄätÄÚUÀÄAr PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ VjzsÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ,
§Ar¥ÀÄgÀ, £ÁUÀgÀºÉÆ¼É C¨sÀAiÀiÁgÀtåUÀ¼ÀÄ.
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ gÁdzsÁ¤ ºÁUÀÆ zÉÆqÀØ£ÀUÀgÀ. E°è
C£ÉÃPÀ PÉÃAzÀæ ¸ÁªÀÄåzÀ PÁSÁð£ÉUÀ½ªÉ. E°è «zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀzÀ°è gÁdåzÀ
PÁAiÀiÁð®AiÀÄ«zÉ. «zsÁ£À ¸À¨sÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «zsÁ£À ¥ÀjµÀvÀÄÛ E°è ¸ÉÃgÀÄvÀÛªÉ.
ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ, ºÀħâ½î, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, UÀÄ®âUÁð EvÀgÀ ªÀÄÄRå ¥ÀlÖtUÀ¼ÀÄ.
ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ¥ÀlÖt ºÁUÀÆ ªÁå¥ÁgÀ PÉÃAzÀæ. »AzÉ EzÀÄ MqÉAiÀÄgÀ
gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀiÁVvÀÄÛ. ºÀħâ½î GvÀÛgÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ¥ÀlÖt ºÁUÀÆ
ªÁå¥ÁgÀ PÉÃAzÀæ. ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀgÁªÀ½ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ªÁå¥ÁgÀ
PÉÃAzÀæ. E°è ̧ ÀĸÀfÓvÀªÁzÀ §AzÀgÀÄ EzÉ.
PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ®°vÀ PÀ¯ÉUÀ½UÉ ¥Àæ¹zÀÞªÁzÀÄzÀÄ. ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ²®àzÀ°è
`PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ±ÉÊ°' JA§ ºÉƸÀ ±ÉÊ°AiÉÆAzÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÀȶֹzÀ vËgÀÄ£ÁqÀÄ.
LºÉƼÉ, ¥ÀlÖzÀPÀ®Äè, ¨ÁzÁ«Ä, ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ, ¨ÉîÆgÀÄ, ºÀA¥ÉAiÀÄ°ègÀĪÀ
zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ F ±ÉÊ°AiÀÄ M¼ÉîAiÀÄ ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ. ©eÁ¥ÀÄgÀ, UÀÄ®âUÀð,
gÁAiÀÄZÀÆgÀÄ, ²æÃgÀAUÀ¥ÀlÖtUÀ¼À°ègÀĪÀ UÉÆîUÀĪÀÄälUÀ¼ÀÄ, zÀUÁðUÀ¼ÀÄ
ªÀÄĹèªÀÄgÀÄ ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ²®àPÉÌ ¤ÃrzÀ PÁtÂPÉ. ±ÀæªÀt¨É¼ÀUÉƼÀzÀ°è
UÉƪÀÄämÉñÀégÀ£À KPÀ²¯Á «UÀæºÀ CzÀÄãvÀªÁVzÉ.
PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ºÀ®ªÁgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄUÀ½ªÉ. ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°è
ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁdå ªÀÄÄPÀÛ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ,
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ,
gÁfêÀUÁA¢ü ªÉÊzÀåQÃAiÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, zsÁgÀªÁqÀzÀ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀ
«±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, UÀÄ®âUÁðzÀ°è UÀÄ®§UÁð
«±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ,
²ªÀªÉÆUÀÎzÀ°è PÀĪÉA¥ÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, vÀĪÀÄPÀÆj£À°è vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ
«±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ¨ÁUÀ®PÉÆÃmÉAiÀÄ°è vÉÆÃlUÁjPÉ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ
¨É¼ÀUÁA£À°è «±ÉéñÀégÀAiÀÄå vÁAwæPÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄUÀ½ªÉ. C®èzÉ
ºÁªÉÃjAiÀÄ°è eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀĪÀ£ÀÄß DgÀA©ü¸À¯ÁVzÉ.
PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå ̈ É¼É gÁV, ̈ sÀvÀÛ, eÉÆüÀ, PÀqÀ¯É, vÉÆUÀj, PÀ§Äâ, PÁ¦ü,
ºÀwÛ, K®QÌ, UÉÆqÀA© ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀÅ ªÁtÂdå ̈ ɼÉUÀ¼ÀÄ.
C¨sÁå¸À
1. PɼÀV£À ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀªÀĤ¹ :
¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw à ¸ÁA¸ÀÌøwPÀ
«eÁÕ£À à ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ
EwºÁ¸À à LwºÁ¹PÀ
ZÀjvÉæ à ZÁjwæPÀ
¨sÀÆUÉÆüÀ à ¨sËUÉÆýPÀ
²PÀët à ±ÉÊPÀëtÂPÀ
2. «gÀÄzÁÞxÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀªÀĤ¹ :
Kj¸ÀÄ X E½¸ÀÄ
DqÀĪÀiÁvÀÄ X UÀæAxÀ¸ÀÜ ̈ sÁµÉ
»vÀ X C»vÀ
¸ÀĸÀA¸ÀÌøvÀ X PÀĸÀA¸ÀÌøvÀ
C¥ÁgÀ X PÀrªÉÄ
§ÈºÀvï PÉÊUÁjPÉ X ¸ÀtÚ PÉÊUÁjPÉ
Lession 22/215214/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
3. PɼÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹ :
3.1 PÀ£ÁðlPÀPÉÌ »AzÉ EzÀÝ ºÉ¸ÀgÉãÀÄ ?
3.2 PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ̈ sÁgÀvÀzÀ AiÀiÁªÀ ¢QÌ£À°èzÉ ?
3.3 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå ̈ sÁµÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ?
3.4 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ̈ ÉÃgÉ AiÀiÁªÀ ̈ sÁµÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ d£À EzÁÝgÉ ?
3.5 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è JµÀÄÖ f¯ÉèUÀ½ªÉ?
3.6 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ºÀªÁªÀiÁ£À ºÉÃVzÉ?
3.7 PÀ£ÁðlPÀ d£À JAvÀºÀªÀgÀÄ ?
3.8 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ̧ ÀA¸ÀÌøwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß AiÀiÁgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ¥ÉÆö¹zÁÝgÉ?
3.9 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ PÉ®ªÀÅ gÁdªÀÄ£ÉvÀ£ÀzÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ºÉý.
3.10 zÀQët ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è ¸ÁªÀiÁædå ¸Áܦ¹zÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ gÁd
AiÀiÁgÀÄ?
3.11 AiÀiÁgÀ PÁ®zÀ°è a£ÀߪÀ£ÀÄß ©Ã¢AiÀÄ°è C¼ÉAiÀÄÄwÛzÀÝgÀÄ ?
3.12 PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ PÉ®ªÀÅ PÀ«UÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀ£ÀÄß w½¹?
3.13 ªÀZÀ£ÀPÁgÀgÀ°è §AzÀ PÁæAw ¥ÀÄgÀĵÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ?
3.14 ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DqÀĪÀiÁw£À ªÀÄlÖPÉÌ E½¹zÀªÀgÀÄ
AiÀiÁgÀÄ?
3.15 PÀ£ÀßqÀ £ÁqÀÄ PÀAqÀ «ªÀıÀðPÀ PÀ« AiÀiÁgÀÄ ?
3.16 PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è AiÀiÁgÀÄ AiÀiÁjUÉ eÁÕ£À¦ÃoÀ ¥Àæ±À¹Û §A¢zÉ?
3.17 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è a£ÀßzÀ UÀt J°èzÉ ?
3.18 ¨sÀzÁæªÀwAiÀÄ°ègÀĪÀ PÁSÁð£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ ?
3.19 zÁªÀtUÉgÉ, ºÉƸÀ¥ÉÃmÉ, ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°ègÀĪÀ PÁSÁð£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ?
3.20 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ CgÀtåUÀ¼À°è ¨É¼ÉAiÀÄĪÀ ¨É¯É¨Á¼ÀĪÀ
ªÀÄgÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß w½¹.
3.21 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR £À¢UÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ ?
3.22 PÀ£ÀßA¨ÁrAiÀÄ°è AiÀiÁªÀ £À¢UÉ CuÉPÀmÉÖ ºÁPÀ¯ÁVzÉ ?
3.23 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ VjzsÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, C¨sÀAiÀiÁgÀtåUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ?
3.24 ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀ gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀiÁVvÀÄÛ ?
3.25 `PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ±ÉÊ°'AiÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ J°èªÉ ?
3.26 UÉƪÀÄäl£À «UÀæºÀ J°èzÉ?
3.27 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ ?
3.28 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå ̈ ɼÉUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ ?
4. PÀpt ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À CxÀð :
CdgÁªÀÄgÀ 'immortal'
CuÉPÀmÉÖ 'dam'
CzÀÄgÀÄ 'ore'
C¨sÀAiÀiÁgÀtå 'game sanctury'
C¼É `to measure'
DqÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀÄ ' spoken language'
D¢ 'beginning, first'
E½¸ÀÄ 'to bring down'
GvÁࢸÀÄ 'to produce'
K®QÌ 'cardamom'
Kj¸ÀÄ 'to raise'
Lession 22/217216/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
PÀlĪÁV 'bitterly'
PÀqÀ¯É 'bengal Gram'
PÀ©ât 'iron'
PÀ§Äâ `sugar cane'
PÀgÁªÀ½ ' costal'
PÁSÁð£É 'factory'
PÁqɪÉÄä 'bison'
PÁ¥ÁqÀÄ 'to protect'
PÁAiÀiÁð®AiÀÄ 'secretariat'
PÁæAw ¥ÀÄgÀĵÀgÀÄ 'revolutionary men'
PÀÄ®UÀÄgÀÄ 'patron saint'
PÉÊUÁjPÉ 'industry'
R¤d 'mineral'
UÀAzsÀzÀ JuÉÚ PÁSÁð£É 'Sandalwood oil factory'
VjzsÁªÀÄ 'hill station '
UÉÆÃqÀA© 'cashew'
WÀlPÀ 'unit'
a£Àß 'gold'
agÀvÉ 'cheeta'
ZËPÀlÄÖ 'frame'
eÁw 'caste'
fAPÉ 'deer'
eÉÆüÀ 'jowar'
wzÀÄÝ 'to correct'
vÉÃUÀ `teak'
zÀlÖªÁzÀ ' dense'
zÉÆgÀPÀÄ 'available'
zÉÆõÀ 'flaw'
zsÁjäPÀ ªÀÄÄRAqÀgÀÄ 'religious leaders '
£ÁqÁr 'itenerant'
£ÉʸÀVðPÀ 'natural'
¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉ 'tradition'
¥Àæ§ÄzÀÞ 'mature'
¥Àæ±À¹Û 'award'
¥ÉÆö¸ÀÄ 'to nourish'
¥ÉÆæÃvÁ컸ÀÄ 'to encourage '
§AzÀgÀÄ 'harbour'
§ÈºÀvï PÉÊUÁjPÉ 'large scale industry'
¨É¯É¨Á¼ÀĪÀ 'valuable'
¨sÀvÀÛ 'paddy'
ªÀÄlÖ 'level'
ªÀÄvÀ 'religion'
Lession 22/219218/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
ªÀiÁzÀj 'model'
«ÄÃgÀÄ 'to transcend'
AiÉÆÃUÀå 'worthy'
gÁV `ragi'
®°vÀ PÀ¯É ' fine arts'
¯ÉÆÃ¥À 'lapse'
ªÁtÂdå 'commercial'
«zÀÄåZÀÒQÛ 'electricity'
«zsÁ£À ¥ÀjµÀvï 'legislative council'
«zsÁ£À¸À¨sÉ 'legislative assembly'
«±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ 'university'
¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÄÛ 'wealth'
¸ÀªÀiÁd ̧ ÀÄzsÁgÀPÀgÀÄ 'social reformers'
¸ÀºÀ£Á²Ã®gÀÄ 'tolerant'
¸ÁªÀiÁædå 'kingdom '
¸ÀĸÀA¸ÀÌøvÀ 'cultured person'
¸ÀĸÀfÓvÀªÁzÀ 'well equipped'
²¯Á «UÀæºÀ 'stone idol'
»vÀPÀgÀ 'congenial'
»vÁ¸ÀQÛ 'benificial'
ºÉÃgÀ¼À 'in plenty'
ºÉÆ£Éß `yellow teak'
ºÀwÛ 'cotton'
ºÀwÛ VgÀt 'cotton mill'
ºÀªÁ 'weather'
Lession 23/221
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ
¥ÀæªÀÄÄR zÁæ«qÀ ¨sÁµÉUÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀªÀÇ MAzÀÄ. EvÀgÀ ªÀÄÆgÀÄ
¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ̈ sÁµÉUÀ¼ÉAzÀgÉ vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ, vÉ®ÄUÀÄ, ªÀÄ®AiÀiÁ¼ÀA. vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ ̈ sÁµÉAiÀÄ
£ÀAvÀgÀzÀ ¥ÁæaãÀ zÁæ«qÀ ̈ sÁµÉAiÉÄAzÀgÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ.
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉUÉ CvÀåAvÀ ºÀ¼ÉAiÀÄ EwºÁ¸À«zÉ. ¸ÀĪÀiÁgÀÄ Qæ¸ÀÛ±ÀPÀ
ªÀÄÆgÀ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ°èAiÉÄà PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ°èvÉÛAzÀÄ «zÁéA¸ÀgÀÄ
C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄ ¥ÀnÖzÁÝgÉ. DzÀgÉ £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¹QÌgÀĪÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ®
DzsÁgÀªÉAzÀgÉ ºÀ°är ±Á¸À£À. ºÁ¸À£À f¯ÉèAiÀÄ ºÀ°är JA§ UÁæªÀÄzÀ°è
¹QÌgÀĪÀ F ±Á¸À£ÀzÀ PÁ® Qæ.±À. 450. EzÀgÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ ±À§ÝUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ
gÀZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÁt§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
¨sÁµÉ ¤AvÀ ¤ÃgÀ®è. CzÀÄ PÁ®¢AzÀ PÁ®PÉÌ §zÀ¯ÁUÀÄvÁÛ
ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄÆ ¸ÀºÀ PÁ®¢AzÀ PÁ®PÉÌ §zÀ¯ÁUÀÄvÁÛ
§A¢zÉ. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ §zÀ¯ÁzÀ ¸ÀégÀÆ¥ÀªÀ£ÀÄß UÀªÀÄ£ÀzÀ°èlÄÖPÉÆAqÀÄ
CzÀ£ÀÄß LwºÁ¹PÀªÁV ¥ÀƪÁðzsÀð ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ, ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ, £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ
ªÀÄvÀÄÛ DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ JAzÀÄ £Á®ÄÌ ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼ÁV «zÁéA¸ÀgÀÄ
«¨sÁV¹zÁÝgÉ.
¥ÀƪÀðzÀ ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ PÁ® ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼À PÁ®. ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼À°è ¹UÀĪÀ
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß UÀªÀÄ£ÀzÀ°èlÄÖPÉÆAqÀÄ EzÀ£ÀÄß ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼À ¨sÁµÉ
JAzÀÆ PÀgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛgÉ. ¸ÀĪÀiÁgÀÄ LzÀ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£À¢AzÀ MA¨sÀvÀÛ£ÉÃ
±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ EzÀgÀ CªÀ¢ü EzÉ. F CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è
ºÉÃgÀ¼ÀªÁzÀ ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¹Q̪É.
ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁ® ºÀvÀÛ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£À¢AzÀ ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ
PÀqÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ. F CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è ¥ËæqsÀªÁzÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆgÀ§AzÀªÀÅ. ¥ÀA¥À,
¥ÁoÀ - 23 ¥ÉÆ£Àß, gÀ£ÀߣÀAvÀºÀ PÀ«UÀ½zÀÝgÀÄ. F ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ªÉÄïÉ
¸ÀA¸ÀÌøvÀzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ CwAiÀiÁVvÀÄÛ. ¥ÀArvÀ ªÀiÁ£ÀåªÁzÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß
§¼À¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ CA¢£À ¥ÀæwµÉ×AiÀÄ ̧ ÀAPÉÃvÀªÁVvÀÄÛ.
£ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ PÁ® ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£À¢AzÀ ºÀvÉÆÛA§vÀÛ£ÉÃ
±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ EzÉ. F CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ vÀÄA¨Á
§zÀ¯ÁªÀuÉUÉ M¼À¥ÀnÖvÀÄ. ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøvÀzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ PÀrªÉÄAiÀiÁUÀĪÀÅzÀgÀ
eÉÆvÉUÉ DqÀĪÀiÁvÀÄ ºÉZÀÄÑ §¼ÀPÉUÉ §gÀvÉÆqÀVvÀÄ. ¥ÀArvÀ ªÀiÁ£Àå ̈ sÁµÉ
ªÀZÀ£ÀPÁgÀgÀÄ, PÀĪÀiÁgÀªÁå¸À, ¸ÀªÀðdÕ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀ PÉÊUÉ ¹QÌ
¸ÁªÀiÁ£ÀåjUÀÆ CxÀðªÁUÀĪÀ ºÁUÉ §zÀ¯ÁªÀuÉUÉÆArvÀÄ. ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ
¸ÀégÀÆ¥ÀzÀ°è ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÁåPÀgÀt ¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ°è §zÀ¯ÁªÀuÉUÀ¼ÁzÀªÀÅ.
E¥ÀàvÀÛ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ EwÛÃa£À ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ
JAzÀÄ PÀgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛgÉ. ºÀ¼ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ºÉÃUÉ ̧ ÀA¸ÀÌøvÀ¢AzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀUÉÆArvÉÆÛÃ
ºÁUÉ DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ EAVèµï, GzÀÄð ̈ sÁµÉUÀ½AzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀUÉÆArzÉ.
EAVèÃµï ²PÀët ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è DgÀA¨sÀUÉÆAqÁUÀ ºÉƸÀ fêÀ£À PÀæªÀĪÉÃ
DgÀA¨sÀªÁ¬ÄvÀÄ. vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀëtzÀ DgÀA¨sÀ, ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ zÀȶÖPÉÆãÀ,
¥Á±ÁÑvÀå ̧ Á»vÀåzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ EªÉ¯Áè ̧ ÉÃj PÀ£ÀßqÀ ̈ sÁµÉ ºÉƸÀ gÀÆ¥ÀªÀ£ÉßÃ
¥ÀqɬÄvÀÄ. DzsÀĤPÀ ¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÆ ¸ÀºÀ EAzÀÄ vÀªÀÄä PÀÈwUÀ¼À°è
DqÀĪÀiÁvÀ£ÀÄß §¼À¸ÀÄwÛzÁÝgÉ. ¨sÁµÉAiÉÄA§ÄzÀÄ UÀæAxÀ¸ÀÜ ªÀiÁvÀæªÀ®è,
ªÀÄÆ®vÀB ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ JA§ C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄ J¯Áè PÀqÉ ̈ ɼÉAiÀÄÄwÛzÉ.
DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è ºÀ®ªÁgÀÄ G¥À¨sÁµÉUÀ½ªÉ. EªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
ªÀÄÆ®vÀB ̧ ÀÆÜ®ªÁV ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ, zsÁgÀªÁqÀ
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÀÄ®âUÁð PÀ£ÀßqÀ JAzÀÄ «¨sÁV¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ,
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ E¤ßvÀgÀ ºÀ¼Éà PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ
G¥À¨sÁµÉ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ. ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ MAzÀÄ jÃwAiÀÄ°è ²µÀÖ
¨sÁµÉUÉ ºÀwÛgÀzÀÄÝ. ¸ÀªÀÄƺÀ ªÀiÁzsÀÀåªÀÄUÀ¼À°è EAzÀÄ §¼À¸ÀĪÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀPÀÆÌ
EzÀPÀÆÌ ºÉZÀÄÑ ªÀåvÁå¸À«®è. PÀgÁªÀ½ ¥ÀæzÉñÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ
Lession 23/223222/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
G¥À¨sÁµÉ ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ. F G¥À¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É vÀļÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ
PÉÆAPÀt ¨sÁµÉUÀ¼À ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ«zÉ. ¨ÁA¨É PÀ£ÁðlPÀ CxÀªÁ ºÀħâ½î,
zsÁgÀªÁqÀ, ¨É¼ÀUÁ« ¥ÀæzÉñÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ G¥À¨sÁµÉ zsÁgÀªÁqÀ
PÀ£ÀßqÀ. F G¥À¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É ªÀÄgÁp ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ«zÉ.
©eÁ¥ÀÄgÀ, UÀÄ®âUÁð, ©ÃzÀgï, gÁAiÀÄZÀÆgÀÄ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ºÉÊzÀgÁ¨Ázï
PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ G¥À¨sÁµÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ. F
G¥À¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É ºÉZÀÄÑ GzÀÄð ̈ sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ«zÉ.
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ̈ sÁµÉ EAzÀÄ CvÀåAvÀ ̧ ÀªÀÄxÀð ̈ sÁµÉAiÀiÁV ̈ ɼÉzÀÄ ¤AwzÉ.
²PÀët ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀĪÁV, ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀiÁV DqÀ½vÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀiÁV
¸ÁA¸ÀÌøwPÀ ̈ sÁµÉAiÀiÁV CzÀ£ÀÄß §¼À¸ÀĪÀ dªÁ¨ÁÝj £ÀªÀÄäzÀÄ.
C¨sÁå¸À
1. PɼÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹.
1.1 ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR zÁæ«qÀ ̈ sÁµÉUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ ?
1.2 CvÀåAvÀ ¥ÁæaãÀ zÁæ«qÀ ̈ sÁµÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ?
1.3 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ JµÀÖ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£À¢AzÀ EvÉÛAzÀÄ «zÁéA¸ÀgÀÄ
C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄ ¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛgÉ ?
1.4 PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ªÉÆzÀ® ±Á¸À£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ? CzÀgÀ PÁ® JµÀÄÖ ?
1.5 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß JµÀÄÖ ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼ÁV «¨sÁV¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ?
CªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ? CªÀÅUÀ¼À PÁ® AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ?
1.6 DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è JµÀÄÖ G¥À¨sÁµÉUÀ½ªÉ?
2. PÀpt ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À CxÀð:
Cw 'too much'
CxÀðªÁUÀÄ 'to understand'
UÀÄ®âUÁð
C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄ `opinion'
CªÀ¢ü `period'
DqÀ½vÀ ̈ sÁµÉ `administrative language'
DzsÁgÀ `source'
DgÀA¨sÀ `begin'
EwÛÃa£À `recent'
G¥À¨sÁµÉ `dialect'
M¼À¥ÀqÀÄ `undergo'
Qæ¸ÀÛ±ÀPÀ `A.D'
PÀÈw `work of art'
UÀªÀÄ£À `attention'
UÀæAxÀ `book'
U羻ˀ `village'
dªÁ¨ÁÝj `responsibility'
fêÀ£À PÀæªÀÄ `life style'
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët `technical education'
£ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ `medieval kannada'
¤AiÀĪÀÄ `principle'
¥ÀæwµÉ× `pride'
¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ `influence'
¥Àæ¨sÉÃzÀ `variety'
¥ÀArvÀ `scholar'
¥Á±ÁÑvÀå ̧ Á»vÀå `western literature'
¥ÀƪÀðzÀ ºÀ¼ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ `pre old kannada'
¥ËæqsÀ `mature, learned'
224/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
ªÀiÁ£Àå `acceptable'
ªÀÄÆ®¨sÀÆvÀ `fundamental'
gÀÆ¥À `shape'
ªÀåvÁå¸À `difference'
ªÁåPÀgÀt `grammar'
ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É `sentence construction'
«avÀæ `peculiar '
«zÁéA¸À `scholar'
«¨sÁV¸ÀÄ `to divide'
ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ zÀȶÖPÉÆãÀ `scientific outlook'
¸ÀAPÉÃvÀ `symbol'
¸ÀªÀÄxÀð `capable'
¸ÀªÀÄƺÀ ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄ `mass media'
¸ÀégÀÆ¥À `form'
¸ÁªÀiÁ£ÀågÀÄ `ordinary people'
¸ÀÆÜ®ªÁV `in brief'
±À§Ý `sound'
±Á¸À£À `inscription'
²PÀët ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄ `educational medium'
²µÀÖ ̈ sÁµÉ `standard language'
ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ `old kannada'
¥ÁoÀ - 24
ªÀiÁ£À vÀgÀĪÀ ¸ÀAUÀw C®è
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀzÀ AiÀiÁªÀ ¨sÁUÀªÀÇ EAzÀÄ ¥ÀæeÉUÀ¼À ¥Á°UÉ
¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀªÀ®è. AiÀiÁgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀ£ÀÄß ¨ÉÃPÁzÀgÀÆ zÉÆÃZÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ,
¥Àæw¨sÀn¹zÀªÀjUÉ ZÀÆj ºÁPÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ªÉÄʪÉÄðgÀĪÀ £ÀUÀ£ÁtåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
PÀ¹zÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ PÀA© QüÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ºÁqÀÄ ºÀUÀ¯Éà ªÀÄ£ÀUÉ £ÀÄVÎ ZÁPÀÄ
vÉÆÃj¹ ¤ªÁ¹UÀ¼À£ÀÄß §rzÀÄ ¨ÉzÀj¹ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°ègÀĪÀÅzÀ£É߯Áè ªÀÄÆmÉ
PÀnÖPÉÆAqÀÄ ¥À¯ÁAiÀÄ£À ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. EAxÀ PÁPÀ¥ÉÆÃPÀgÀ ºÁªÀ½AiÀÄ
«gÀÄzÀÞ £ÀUÀgÀªÁ¹UÀ½UÉ gÀPÀëuÉ ¤ÃqÀĪÀ ¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ PÀvÀðªÀåªÀ£ÀÄß
£ÉgÀªÉÃj¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÆ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ¢AzÀ ¸ÁzsÀå«®èªÁVzÉ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ
gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀÄ°èAiÉÄà EAxÀ ¨sÀAiÀiÁ£ÀPÀ ¥Àj¹ÜwAiÀiÁzÀgÉ gÁdåzÀ EvÀgÀ
¨sÁUÀUÀ¼À°è£À ̧ À¤ßªÉñÀªÀ£ÀÄß ºÉüÀĪÀÅzÀÄ ̈ ÉÃqÀ. ªÉÆ£Éß, £ÀUÀgÀzÀ §£À±ÀAPÀj
¥ÀæzÉñÀzÀ°è £ÀqÉ¢gÀĪÀ ºÀUÀ®Ä zÀgÉÆÃqÉ ¥ÀæPÀgÀt £ÀUÀgÀªÁ¹UÀ¼ÀÄ
JzÀÄj¸ÀÄwÛgÀĪÀ ¢£ÀUÀAqÀ PÀëtUÀAqÀzÀ CgÀQëvÀ §zÀÄPÀ£ÀÄß dUÀeÁÓ»ÃgÀÄ
ªÀiÁqÀÄvÀÛzÉ. EzÀÄ EwÛÃZÉUÉ £ÀqÉ¢gÀĪÀ LzÀ£ÉAiÀÄ zÀgÉÆÃqÉ ¥ÀæPÀgÀt. EzÉÃ
£ÀªÉA§gï E¥ÀàvÉÛöÊzÀgÀAzÀÄ PÉÆÃgÀªÀÄAUÀ® §qÁªÀuÉAiÀÄ°è £Á®ÄÌ ªÀÄA¢
DUÀAvÀÄPÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÉÆAzÀPÉÌ £ÀÄVÎ ¸Á«gÁgÀÄ gÀÆ. ¨É¯ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀzÁxÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
zÉÆÃaPÉÆAqÀÄ Nr ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÄ. JgÀqÉà ¢£ÀUÀ¼À £ÀAvÀgÀ, E¥ÀàvÉÛüÀgÀAzÀÄ
UÀAUÉãÀºÀ½îAiÀÄ°è, r¸ÉA§gï JgÀqÀgÀAzÀÄ «dAiÀÄ£ÀUÀgÀ §qÁªÀuÉAiÀÄ°è;
CzÉà ¢£À ªÀÄvÉÛ PÁqïðgÉÆÃqï ¥À²ÑªÀÄzÀ°è EAxÀzÉà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ
£ÀqÉzÀªÀÅ. ̧ ÀtÚ ¥ÀÄlÖ C¥ÀgÁzsÀUÀ½UÉ®è ªÀÄÄUÀÞ d£ÀgÀ£ÀÄß »rzÀÄ ̈ ÉzÀj¸ÀĪÀ
¥ÉưøÀjUÉ F ºÀUÀ®Ä zÀgÉÆÃqÉUÁgÀgÀ£ÀÄß ªÉÄlÄÖªÀÅzÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀæ
¸ÁzsÀåªÁV®è. PÀ¼ÉzÀ K¦æ¯ï£À°è dAiÀÄ£ÀUÀgÀ ¨sÁUÀzÀ°è E§âgÀÄ
¥ÁzÀZÁjUÀ¼À£ÀÄß zÉÆÃZÀ¯Éwß¹zÀ E§âgÀÄ ̧ ÀÆÌlgï ̧ ÀªÁgÀgÀ£ÀÄß »rAiÀÄ®Ä
ºÉÆÃzÀÄzÀPÁÌV ªÀÄĤPÀȵÀÚ¥Àà ZÀÆj EjvÀ¢AzÀ ¥Áæt vÉgÀ¨ÉÃPÁ¬ÄvÀÄ.
PÉÆ¯É ¥ÁvÀPÀgÀÄ EzÀĪÀgÉUÀÆ ¥ÀvÉÛAiÀiÁzÀAvÉ PÁtĪÀÅ¢®è.
¥ÀÄAqÀÄ¥ÉÆÃPÀjUÀ½UÉ ²PÁë zÀAqÀzÀ ¨s ÀAiÀĪÉÃ
Lesson 24/227226/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
vÀ¦àºÉÆÃVgÀĪÀ EA¢£À ¥Àj¹Üw AiÀiÁªÀ ̧ ÀgÀPÁgÀPÀÆÌ ªÀiÁ£À vÀgÀĪÀ ̧ ÀAUÀw
C®è. (¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ, ¥ÀæeÁªÁtÂ, 7. 12. 1982)
C¨sÁå¸À 1.1 PɼÀV£À ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤ªÀÄä ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §¼À¹.
¥Àæw¨sÀn¸ÀÄ, £ÀUÀ£Átå, PÀA©QüÀÄ, ¥À¯ÁAiÀÄ£À ªÀiÁqÀÄ, ¨sÀAiÀiÁ£ÀPÀ
¥Àj¹Üw, dUÀeÁÓ»ÃgÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀÄ
1.2 ¤zÉÃð±À£ÀzÀAvÉ §gɬÄj.
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀzÀ AiÀiÁªÀ ¨sÁUÀªÀÇ EAzÀÄ ¥ÀæeÉUÀ¼À ¥Á°UÉ
¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀªÀ®è. (into positive)
ªÉÄʪÉÄðgÀĪÀ £ÀUÀ£ÁtåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ¹zÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ PÀA© QüÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
(into prohibitive)ºÁqÀĺÀUÀ¯Éà ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ £ÀÄVÎ ZÁPÀÄ vÉÆÃj¹ ¤ªÁ¹UÀ¼À£ÀÄß §rzÀÄ
¨ÉzÀj¹ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°ègÀĪÀÅzÀ£É߯Áè ªÀÄÆmÉ PÀnÖPÉÆAqÀÄ ¥À¯ÁAiÀÄ£À
ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. (split into simple sentences)
£Á®ÄÌ ªÀÄA¢ DUÀAvÀÄPÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÉÆAzÀ£ÀÄß £ÀÄVÎ ̧ Á«gÁgÀÄ gÀÆ.
¨É¯ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀzÁxÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß zÉÆÃaPÉÆAqÀÄ NrºÉÆÃzÀgÀÄ (change
into double negative without changing meaning )PÁqïð gÉÆÃqï ¥À²ÑªÀÄzÀ°è EAxÀªÉà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀqÉzÀªÀÅ.
(negate)1.3 PɼÀV£À «gÀÄzÁÞxÀð ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀªÀĤ¹. CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤ªÀÄä ¸ÀéAvÀ
ªÁPÀåzÀ°è §¼À¹.
ªÀiÁ£À X CªÀªÀiÁ£À
¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀ X C¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀÀ
ºÀUÀ®Ä zÀgÉÆÃqÉ X gÁwæ zÀgÉÆÃqÉ
DUÀAvÀPÀ X ¥ÀjavÀ
1.4 PɼÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹.
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀ EAzÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀ ¥Á°UÉ ̧ ÀÄgÀQëvÀªÁV®è ?
PÁPÀ¥ÉÆÃPÀgÀ ºÁªÀ½ K£É®è ªÀiÁqÀÄwÛzÉ ?
¸ÀPÁðgÀ PÁPÀ¥ÉÆÃPÀgÀ «gÀÄzÀÞ d£ÀjUÉ gÀPÀëuÉ ¤ÃqÀ®Ä
¸ÁzsÀåªÁVzÉAiÉÄà ?
§£À±ÀAPÀjAiÀÄ°è £ÀqÉzÀ zÀgÉÆÃqÉ ¥ÀæPÀgÀt JµÀÖ£ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀæPÀgÀt ?
PÉÆÃgÀªÀÄAUÀ® §qÁªÀuÉAiÀÄ°è DUÀAvÀPÀgÀÄ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ ?
ªÀÄĤPÀȵÀÚ¥Àà KPÉ ¥Áæt vÉgÀ¨ÉÃPÁ¬ÄvÀÄ ?
2 PÀpt ±À§ÝUÀ¼À CxÀð
C¥ÀgÁzsÀ `crime'
C¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀ `un protected'
DUÀAvÀÄPÀgÀÄ `strangers'
EjvÀ `stabbing'
PÀA©QüÀÄ `to take to ones heels'
PÀvÀðªÀå `duty'
PÀ¹ `snatch'
PÁPÀ¥ÉÆÃPÀgÀÄ `lawless'
PÉƯɥÁvÀPÀgÀÄ `murderers'
PÀëtUÀAqÀ `diasaster at every moment'
ZÁPÀÄ `knife'
ZÀÆj `knife'
dUÀeÁÓ»ÃgÀÄ `proclaim to the world'
¢£ÀUÀAqÀ `daily diasaster'
¥ÁoÀ - 25
¨ÉÃPÀÄ ¨ÉÃqÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
£Á£ÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß PÉý PÀ£ÀßrUÀgÀÄ £ÀPÀÌgÉ JA§ ¨sÀAiÀÄ
¤ªÀÄVzÉAiÉÄÃ? ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀzÀ°è ¤ªÀÄä ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÉý CªÀgÀÄ £ÀUÀÄvÁÛgÉ
¤d. ¤ÃªÀÅ CªÀgÀ eÉÆvÉ £ÀPÀÄÌ ©r. DzÀgÉ ¤gÀÄvÁì»UÀ¼ÁUÀ¨ÉÃr. ¤ªÀÄä
¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß MAzÀÄ ªÀÄUÀÄ«£À ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀßzÀAvÉ. DzÀgÉ £É£À¦r; ¤ÃªÀÅ
ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀĨÉÃPÁzÀgÉ ¨ÉÃgÉAiÀĪÀgÀ eÉÆvÉ
ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀzÀgÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀªÉÃ.
¨ÉÃgÉ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß ¤gÀAvÀgÀ
C¨sÁå¸À¢AzÀ¯Éà PÀ°AiÀĨÉÃPÀÄ. AiÀiÁgÀÆ vÀ¥ÀÄà ªÀiÁqÀzÉ, JAzÀÆ ºÉƸÀ
¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ®Ä PÀ°w®è. ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄÄRå ̧ ÀªÀĸÉåAiÉÄAzÀgÉ MAzÀÄ
¸Áj ªÀiÁrzÀ vÀ¥Àà£ÀÄß ªÀÄvÉÛ ªÀÄvÉÛ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. ¤ÃªÀÅ JZÀÑjPɬÄAzÀ ¤ªÀÄä
eÉÆvÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀªÀgÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÀÄß UÀªÀĤ¹. DUÀ ¤ÃªÀÅ J°è vÀ¥ÀÄà
ªÀiÁqÀÄ«j J°è ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅ¢®è JAzÀÄ w½AiÀÄÄvÀÛzÉ. PÉ®ªÀgÀÄ vÁªÀÅ
ªÀiÁrzÀ vÀ¥Éàà ̧ Àj JAzÀÄ w½zÀÄ d£ÀUÀ¼À ̧ ÀA¥ÀPÀðªÀ£Éßà ©lÄÖ ©qÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
CAxÀªÀgÀÄ vÀªÀÄä vÀ¥Àà£ÀÄß ̧ Àj¥Àr¹PÉƼÀÄîªÀÅzÀÆ E®è, ̈ sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV
PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÆ E®è.
PÀ£ÀßqÀ UÉÆwÛ®èzÉ EgÀĪÀ £À£Àß C£ÉÃPÀ d£À ̧ ÉßûvÀgÀÄ EzÁÝgÉ. CªÀgÀÄ
¢£À¤vÀåzÀ §¼ÀPÉUÁV PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÀĨÉÃPÁVvÀÄÛ. £À£Àß ºÀwÛgÀ §AzÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ
PÀ°AiÀĨÉÃPÉA§ D¸É EzÉ, PÀ°¹ JAzÀÄ PÉýzÀgÀÄ. £Á£ÀÄ PÀ°¸ÀvÉÆqÀVzÉ,
£ÀªÀĸÁÌgÀ ̧ ÉßûvÀ, ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ, dªÁ£À, ªÀÄgÀ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÉÆzÀ®
¢£À ºÉýPÉÆmÉÖ. ªÀiÁgÀ£Éà ¢£À £Á£ÀÄ PÀ°¹zÀ CzsÀðzÀµÀÄÖ CªÀgÀÄ
ªÀÄgÉwzÀÝgÀÄ. CªÀjUÉ CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß eÁÕ¥ÀPÀzÀ°èlÄÖPÉƼÀÄîªÀµÀÄÖ ¸ÀAAiÀĪÀÄ
EgÀ°®è. DzÀÝjAzÀ ºÉƸÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄĪÁUÀ ¸ÀAAiÀĪÀÄ¢A¢j,
D¸ÀQÛ vÉÆÃj¹, ¤ÃªÀÅ ¨sÁµÉ PÀ°AiÀÄĪÁUÀ ¸ÀÄvÀÛ ªÀÄÄvÀÛ® ¥Àj¸ÀgÀPÉÌ
ºÉÆA¢PÉƽî. d£ÀgÉÆqÀ£É MAzÁV CzÀPÁÌV PÀ£ÀßqÀªÀ£Éßà ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄ
ªÀiÁrPÉƽî.
228/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
zÉÆÃZÀÄ `to loot'
£ÀUÀgÀªÁ¹UÀ¼ÀÄ `citizens'
£ÀUÀ£Átå `jewellery and cash'
£ÉgÀªÉÃj¸ÀÄ `to perform'
¥ÀæPÀgÀt `incident'
¥Àæw¨sÀn¸ÀÄ `to protest'
¥ÀvÉÛ `detection'
¥À¯ÁAiÀÄ£À `escape'
¥ÁzÀZÁjUÀ¼ÀÄ `pedestrains'
¥Á®Ä `share'
¥ÀÄAqÀÄ¥ÉÆÃPÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ `lawless men'
§qÁªÀuÉ `extension'
§r `to beat'
¨ÉzÀj¸ÀÄ `to threaten'
¨sÀAiÀiÁ£ÀPÀ `horrifying'
¨sÁUÀ `part'
ªÀÄÄUÀÞ d£À `innocent people'
ªÀÄÆmÉ PÀlÄÖ `pack up'
¸ÀªÁgÀgÀÄ `riders'
²PÁëzÀAqÀ `punishment'
ºÀUÀ®Ä zÀgÉÆÃqÉ `day light robbery '
ºÁqÀÄ ºÀUÀ®Ä `broad day light'
230/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ°AiÀÄĪÁUÀ ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼ÀªÁVzÀÄÝ, ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¨Á°±ÀªÁV PÁt§ºÀÄzÀÄ. «avÀæ J¤¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ¨ÉøÀgÀ vÀgÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. aAvɬĮè C¨sÁå¸ÀªÀiÁr. PÀxÉ ºÉüÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß PÀ°¬Äj. ¸ÀA¨sÁµÀuÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉýPÉÆAqÀÄ CzÀPÉÌ vÀPÀÌAvÉ C©ü£À¬Ä¹. ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÀȶֹPÉÆAqÀÄ ¨ÉÃgÉAiÀĪÀgÀÄ ªÉÄZÀÄѪÀAvÉ ªÀiÁr.
¤ÃªÀÅ vÀ¥ÀÄà ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀAvÀÆ ¤±ÀÑAiÀÄ. CzÀPÉÌ ¹zÀÞgÁVj. ºÉƸÀ ¨sÁµÉ PÀ°AiÀÄĪÁUÀ ¤ÃªÀÅ ªÀÄÆRðgÁUÀÄwÛÃj, WÀ£ÀvÉ PÀ¼ÉzÀÄPÉƼÀÄîwÛÃj. £ÀUÉ¥Ál°UÉ FqÁUÀÄwÛÃj. CzÀPÉ̯Áè vÀAiÀiÁgÁVj. ºÉƸÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÉÆAzÀ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä WÀ£ÀvÉ PÀ¼ÉzÀÄPÉƼÀÄîªÀÅzÀQÌAvÀ WÀ£ÀªÁzÀzÀÄÝ.
ºÉƸÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄĪÁUÀ ªÀiÁvÁqÀĪÀµÀÄÖ NzÀĪÀÅzÀgÀ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀgÀ CªÀ±ÀåPÀvɬĮè. DzÀgÉ CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉUÀ½UÉ vÀPÀÌ ºÁUÉ ¤ªÀÄUÉ NzÀ¨ÉÃPɤ¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ¸ÀtÚ ¸ÀtÚ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¤AiÀÄvÀPÁ°PÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃr. ªÉÆzÀªÉÆzÀ®Ä vÀÄA¨Á PÀµÀÖªÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ªÉÆzÀ® ºÀAvÀzÀ°è ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ ±Á¯Á ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, zÀAvÀPÀxÉUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÁªÀðd¤PÀ DgÉÆÃUÀå, ¹¤ªÀiÁ ¸ÀÄ¢Ý ªÉÆzÀ¯ÁzÀªÀÅ G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀPÉÌ §gÀÄvÀÛªÉ. ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÉÆzÀªÉÆzÀ®Ä PÀµÀÖªÁzÀgÀÆ §ºÀ¼À ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃd£ÀPÁj. CªÀÅUÀ¼À ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¤ªÀÄä ¢£À ¤vÀåzÀ «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ZÀað¸À®Ä ̈ ÉÃPÁzÀ ºÉƸÀ ºÉƸÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¤ªÀÄä ±À§Ý ̈ sÀAqÁgÀPÉÌ ̧ ÉÃgÀÄvÀÛªÉ. CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉVAvÀ ºÉZÀÄÑ ¤WÀAl£ÀÄß §¼À¸À¨ÉÃr. MAzÀÄ ¥ÀzÀzÀ CxÀð ¸À¤ßªÉñÀzÀ »£É߯ÉAiÀÄ°è CxÀðªÁUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ¤WÀAl£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃr.
¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ°vÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß §gÀªÀtÂUÉAiÀÄ°è ºÉZÀÄÑ §¼À¸ÀĪÀ CªÀPÁ±À E®èzÉà ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¤ªÀÄä ¸ÉßûvÀ¤UÉ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄĪÁUÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ¯Éèà §gɬÄj. §gÀªÀtÂUÉ ¤ªÀÄUÉ DvÀä «±Áé¸ÀªÀ£ÀÄß vÀAzÀÄ PÉÆqÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß ̧ ÀܽÃAiÀÄgÀ£ÁßV ªÀiÁqÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
PÀqÉAiÀÄzÁV MAzÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀÄ : vÀÄA¨Á PÀµÀÖ¥ÀlÄÖ ¨sÁµÉ PÀ°w¢ÝÃj. DzÀÝjAzÀ PÀ°vÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÉAiÀĨÉÃr. KPÉAzÀgÉ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ JµÀÄÖ PÀµÀÖªÉÇà ªÉÄgÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ CµÉÖà ̧ ÀÄ®¨sÀ.
C¨sÁå¸À
1. PɼÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹.
1.1 ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ ºÉÃUÉ ?
1.2 PÉ®ªÀgÀÄ ̈ sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß KPÉ ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅ¢®è ?
1.3 ºÉƸÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉÃUÉ PÀ°AiÀĨÉÃPÀÄ ?
1.4 NzÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß C¨sÁå¸À ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ JAvÀºÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
G¥ÀAiÀÄÄPÀÛ?
1.5 §gÀªÀtÂUɬÄAzÁUÀĪÀ ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃd£À K£ÀÄ ?
2 PÀpt ±À§ÝUÀ¼À CxÀð
CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉ `necessity'
DvÀ䫱Áé¸À `confidence '
JZÀÑjPÉ `caution, conscious'
UÀªÀĤ¸ÀÄ `to notice '
WÀ£ÀvÉ `dignity '
ZÀað¸ÀÄ `to discuss'
eÁÕ¥ÀPÀ `memory'
vÀ¥ÀÄà `mistake'
zÀAvÀPÀxÉ `mythological story'
¢£À ¤vÀå `daily'
Lesson 25/231
Lesson 25/233232/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
£ÀUÉ¥Ál®Ä `laughing stock'
¤WÀAlÄ `dictionary'
¤AiÀÄvÀPÁ°PÀ `periodicals'
¤gÀAvÀgÀ `constantly'
¤gÀÄvÁìºÀ `discourage'
¤±ÀÑAiÀÄ `determination'
£É£À¥ÀÄ `memory'
¥Àj¸ÀgÀ `environment'
¥ÀæAiÉÆÃd£À `usefulness'
¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ `primary'
§gÀªÀtÂUÉ `writing'
¨Á°±À `childish'
¨sÀAiÀÄ `fear'
ªÀÄvÉÛ `again'
ªÀÄÆRð `fool'
ªÉÄZÀÄÑ `to appreciate'
«avÀæ `peculiar'
¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀð `incident'
¸ÀܽÃAiÀÄ `local'
¸À¤ßªÉñÀ `situation'
¸ÀA¥ÀPÀð `contact'
¸ÀªÀĸÉå `problem'
¸ÀAAiÀĪÀÄ `patience'
¸ÀgÀ¼À `simple'
¸Àj¥Àr¹PÉƼÀÄî `set right'
¸ÀȶָÀÄ `to create'
¸ÁªÀðd¤PÀ `general / public'
±À§Ý ̈ sÀAqÁgÀ `vocabulary '
ºÀAvÀ `stage'
»£Éß¯É `background'
ºÉÆAzÀÄ `to adjust' / 'to possess'
Part II / 235
PART II SCRIPT
Mostly hand movement in Kannada is anti clockwise. But there are stray instances where the clockwise movement is also seen. The letters in this book are arranged into a group on their shape similarity and contrastive perception. The arrow mark and the numbering show the beginning and the direction of the movement.
The consonant in kannada possess an inherant vowel - a. This is generally marked by (talakaTTu). But there are some letters which do not have talakaTTu. The pure consonant is marked by (halant)
- r consonant.
- r+a combination
ï
gÀ F
PÀ AiÀÄ gÀhÄ
o 1
2
oÀ1
2
31
2
34
4
2
1
31
2 4
3
1
2
3
4
5
gï
gÀ
" circle" otherwise known as "anuswara" indicates a nasal
consonant corresponding to the following consonant.
The words and sentences to practice.
Note that The above words and sentences are formed by
using the letters introduced in this lesson.
F is the only vowel introduced here.
This is the secondary sympbol of vowel F. The box
indicates the primary consonant. The combination of F with
consonants are realised in the following examples.
FgÀ PÀgÀ PÀAoÀ
F PÀgÀ
F PÀAoÀ
gï + F = jÃ
oï + F = pÃ
Pï + F = QÃ
AiÀiï + F = ¬ÄÃ
gÀhiï + F = jhÄÃ
Circle ra Tha ii
ka ya Jha
Ã
GROUP 2
The vowels introduced in this group are The
Secondary symbol of C ( ) is already dealt in the previous Àlesson. The secondary symbols of the other vowels are given below.
Words and sentences for Practice
C, D, G, H.
Part II / 237236/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
D Á ¯Á ¯ÁAiÀÄ
G Ä ®Ä PÁ®Ä
H Æ ®Æ D®ÆgÀÄ
D® D®AiÀÄ
®AiÀÄ PÁ®gÀ D D®AiÀÄ
HgÀÄ DPÀgÀ F HgÀÄ
PÁ® gÀÆ®Ä F D®AiÀÄ D HgÀ D®AiÀÄ
®1 D1
2
C1
2
G1
2
H1
2 3
Combine the following
gï + D = ____________
oï + D = ____________
Pï + D = ____________
AiÀiï + D = ____________
gÀhiï + D = ____________
¯ï + D = ____________
gï + G = ____________
oï + G = ____________
Pï + G = ____________
AiÀiï + G = ____________
gÀhiï + G = ____________
¯ï + G = ____________
gï + H = ____________
oï + H = ____________
Pï + H = ____________
AiÀiï + H = ____________
gÀhiï + H = ____________
¯ï + H = ____________
la a aa
u Uu
Part II / 239238/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
GROUP 3
No vowels in this group
Words and sentences for practice
Combine the following
zï + F = ____________
zsï + F = ____________
xï + F = ____________
qï + F = ____________
qsï + F = ____________
zï + D = ____________
zsï + D = ____________
xï + D = ____________
qï + D = ____________
qsï + D = ____________
zï + G = ____________
zsï + G = ____________
xï + G = ____________
qï + G = ____________
qsï + G = ____________
zï + H = ____________
zsï + H = ____________
xï + H = ____________
qï + H = ____________
qsï + H = ____________
zÀ1
2
zsÀ1
2
3xÀ1
2
4
3
qÀ1
3
2 qsÀ1
3
2
4
zÀqÀ zÁgÀ PÀAzÀ
PÀzÀ zÀÆgÀ DzsÁgÀ
gÀxÀ zÀAqÀ PÀqÀÆgÀÄ
F gÀxÀ HgÀ gÀxÀ
FgÀ gÁAiÀÄgÀ PÀAqÀ
GzÀAiÀÄ D®AiÀÄzÀ PÀzÀ PÀAqÀ
da dha tha
Da Dha
GROUP 4
The vowels introduced are . The Secondary
symbols are given below.
The combination of these secondary symbols with the consonants are given below.
J, K
Part II / 241240/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
J É ªÉ PÁ®ÄªÉ
K Éà ªÉà ªÉÃzÀ
ªï + J = ªÉ ªï + K = ªÉÃ
ªÀiï +J = ªÉÄ ªÀiï + K = ªÉÄÃ
bï + J = bÉ bï + K = bÉÃ
J1 K1
2
ªÀ1
2
ªÀÄ1
2
bÀ1
2
3
Words and sentences for practice
JqÀ JzÀÄgÀÄ D ªÀÄgÀ D®zÀ ªÀÄgÀ
ªÀÄgÀ gÀĪÀiÁ®Ä CzÀÄ CªÀgÀ gÀĪÀiÁ®Ä
bÀ® JPÀgÉ ªÀiÁzsÀÄ ªÀiÁAiÀĪÁzÀgÀÄ
ªÀgÀ PÁ®ÄªÉ
KPÀ
Observe the following combinations.
ªï + F = «Ã
ªÀiï + F = «ÄÃ
bï + F = cÃ
ªï + D = ªÁ
ªÀiï + D = ªÀiÁ
bï + D = bÁ
ªï + G = ªÀÅ
ªÀiï + G = ªÀÄÄ
bï + G = bÀÄ
e ee va
ma cha
GROUP 5
The vowel introduced here is is the combination of
a+i, which is normally called dipthong. The secondary symbol is given below :
The combination with other consonants :
L. L
Part II / 243242/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
L ÉÊ ¥ÉÊ ¥ÉÊgÀÄ
Words and sentences for practice
¥ÀzÀ CWÀ ¥ÁoÀ ¥sÉÃ®Ä ¥ÁAqÀªÀgÀÄ ¥ÀzÀPÀ
¥sÀ® GµÀ ¥ÉÊgÀÄ ¥sÀAqÀgÁ¥ÀÄgÀ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï
D HgÀÄ ¥ÁAqÀªÀ¥ÀÄgÀ
gÁªÀÄ ¥ÀzÀ«ÃzsÀgÀ
CzÀÄ D ªÀÄgÀzÀ ¥sÀ®
Observe the following combinations :
¥ï + F ¦Ã
¥ï + D = ¥Á
¥ï + G = ¥ÀÅ
¥ï + H = ¥ÀÇ
¥ï + J = ¥É
¥ï + K = ¥ÉÃ
¥ï + L = ¥ÉÊ
=
µÀ1
4
¥À1
3
¥sÀ1
3
4
2253
1
4
5
3 2 L12
¥ï + L = ¥ÉÊ
¥sï + L = ¥sÉÊ
µï + L = µÉÊ
Wï + L = WÉÊ
pa pha sha
gha aee
GROUP 6
The vowels introduced here are is the
combination of a+u, which is a dipthong like L. The secondary
symbols are given below.
M, N, O. O
Part II / 245244/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Words and sentences
MzÉ NqÀÄ PÀªÀÄ® MAzÀÄ ¥ÁoÀ NzÀÄ.
NzÀÄ OµÀzsÀ MAzÀÄ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä PÉÆqÀÄ
d® doÀgÀ CzÀÄ CªÀgÀ N¯É.
Combine the following
gï + M = ___________gï + N = ___________gï + O = ___________¯ï + M = ___________¯ï + N = ___________¯ï + O = ___________AiÀiï + M = ___________AiÀiï + N = ___________eï + M = ___________eï + N = ___________eï + O = ___________ªÀiï + O = ___________ªï + M = ___________ªï + N = ___________ªï + O = ___________¥ï + N = ___________¥ï + O = ___________ªÀiï + M = ___________
M1
o
N1
oo
O2au
1
d1
ja
2
M ÉÆ PÉÆ PÉƯÉ
N ÉÆÃ PÉÆÃ PÉÆÃgÀÄ
O Ë PË PËgÀªÀ
GROUP 7
Words and sentences
Combine the following
¨ï + F = ___________
Zï + F = ___________
¨sï + D = ___________
Zï + N = ___________
Zï + D = ___________
Zï + M = ___________
¨ï + K = ___________
¨sï + G = ___________
Zï + H = ___________
eï + L = ___________
¨ï + O = ___________
¨sï + M = ___________
Part II / 247246/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
§1
ba
¨sÀ1
bha ca
3
2
ZÀ1
4
23
§PÀ ZÀgÀPÀ ZÀªÀÄZÀ gÁdÄ ¥ÁoÀ §gÉzÀ
¨sÀAiÀÄ ¨Á®PÀ ZÉAqÀÄ ªÀiÁªÀ ¨ÉÆA¨É PÉÆAqÀÄ PÉÆAqÀgÀÄ.
¨sÁªÀ ZÁ®PÀ ZËPÀ PÀªÀÄ® ¨sÀAiÀÄ¥ÀqÀ¨ÉÃqÀ
GROUP 8
Words and sentences for practice
Combine the following
mï + C = ___________
vï + D = ___________
mï + F = ___________
vï + F = ___________
mï + J = ___________
mï + K = ___________
vï + J = ___________
vï + M = ___________
mï + M = ___________
vï + O = ___________
mï + N = ___________
l1
Ta
vÀ1
ta
2
Dl vÀAzÉ mÁgÀÄ vÀjÃPÉgÉ
vÉÆÃl vÁvÀ mÉƪÉÄmÉÆ
Nl vÀl l¥Á®Ä vÁªÀgÉ
CzÀÄ gÁAiÀÄgÀ vÉÆÃl.
CAZÉAiÀÄ ¥ÉÃzÉ GµÉAiÀÄ l¥Á®Ä vÀAzÀ.
2
GROUP 9
The vowel in this lesson is . The secondary symbol is given
below :
Observe the following combinations :
gï + E = jªï + E = « AiÀiï + E = ¬Ä zï + E = ¢ uï + E = t mï + E = nvï + E = w
k is not used as a graphic representation.
"circle" when followed by palatal sounds functions as `k'
e.g. ZÀAZÀ®, ªÀÄAZÀ, PÀAZÀÄ.
Words and sentences for practice
EzÀÄ EgÀÄªÉ ªÀÄuÉ EªÀgÀÄ E° ¨sÀgÀt PÉÆÃuÉ EªÀgÀÄ EAzÀĪÀÄwAiÀÄ vÀAzÉ vÁ¬Ä.D Kt EªÀgÀzÀÄ.
E
Part II / 249248/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
E1
i
k1
na Na
3t1
E j PÀÄj
GROUP 10
Words and sentences for practice
Combine the following
Uï + F = ___________£ï + F = ___________¸ï + D = ___________Uï + M = ___________£ï + N = ___________¸ï + O = ___________£ï + J = ___________¸ï + K = ___________Uï + L = ___________Uï + E = ___________
UÀga
ªÀÄUÀ £ÀUÀ UÀgÀUÀ¸À UÀUÀ£À
¸ÀgÀ £Á¬Ä ¸ÀqÀUÀgÀ ¸ÀÄgÀ¸ÀÄAzÀj
¸ÀAUÀ £ÉÆÃl UÀAmÉ
ªÀÄAUÀ ¸ÁªÀÅ D¸É
CªÀ¤UÉ UÁ£ÀAiÉÆÃV JAzÀÄ ©gÀÄzÀÄ EzÉ.
EªÀ¤UÉ D ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÉAzÀÄ D¸É.
ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀªÁzÀ £ÀUÀgÀ.
1
2 2
£Àna
1
2
¸Àsa
1
3
2
GROUP 11
Words and sentences for practice
ªÀÄ¼É ±Á®Ä ºÁ®Ä PÀ¼ÀAPÀ
D¼ÀÄ ±ÉÊ® ºÀƪÀÅ ºÀ¼À¢
§¼É ²Ã® ºÉüÀÄ PÀ¼À±À
±ËZÀ ºÉÆÃj ¸À±ÉõÀ
D ºÀ¸ÀÄ«£À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ UËj.
ªÀÄ¼É §AzÀgÉ ¨É¼É.
²²gÀ£À UɼÀw ±ÉÊ® ¸ÀÄAzÀj.
Observe the following combinations :
¼ï + F = ½Ã
±ï + D = ±Á
ºï + J = ºÉ
±ï + O = ±Ë
¼ï + L = ¼ÉÊ
ºï + N = ºÉÆÃ
ºï + E = »
Part II / 251250/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
¼À1
La
±ÀSa ha
ºÀ1
GROUP 12
IÄ is the vowel introduced in this group of letters. IÄ is a
Sanskrit borrowed sound found only in Sanskrit borrowed words. The secondary symbol is given below. Although it is treated as a vowel in traditional grammar it functions as a consonant.
Observe the follwoing combinations :
vï + IÄ = vÀÈ zï + IÄ = zÀÈ ¸ï + IÄ = ¸ÀÈ
Words and sentences for Practice.
RUÀ ±ÀAR IĶ ReÁ£É zÀÄBR RAqÀ PÀÈ¥À IÄvÀÄ vÀÈt IÄt¨sÁgÀ CAvÀBPÀgÀt
IÄvÀĪÀiÁ£À CAvÀB¥ÀÄgÀ
visarga has the ̀ ah' sound value
PÀȶ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ PÀȶPÀ. ¨sÁgÀvÀ zÉñÀzÀ gÁdzsÁ¤ zɺÀ°. vÉãÀ¹AUÀ UËj ±ÀAPÀgÀ ²RgÀ KjzÀ. ¥sÀÇ®£ï zÉë qsÀPÁ¬ÄvÀgÀ gÁtÂ.
Rkha
1 IÄri
4
3
B"Visarga"
2 2
1
2
2
2
IÄ È PÀÈ PÀȶ
Primary letters along with the secondary symbols of vowels are introduced so far. Now let us see the secondary symbols of the consonants. The secondary symbols of the consonants are also grouped into three categories. viz.,
1. The secondary symbols similar to the primary letters but smaller in size.
2. The secondary symbols which show a little deviant forms from that of the primary ones.
3. The secondary symbols which have completely different shape from that of the primary ones.
The secondary symbols of the consonants are written below the primary letters.
Group I
eï + d = dÓ CdÓ
mï + l = lÖ ¨ÉlÖ
uï + t = tÚ CtÚ
¨ï + § = §â ºÀ§â
ªï + ªÀ = ªÀé CªÀé
CfÓ, PÀnÖUÉ, PÀtÄÚ, PÀ§Äâ, vÉƪÉé
ªÀÄfÓUÉ, ºÉÆmÉÖ, ¨ÉuÉÚ, ¨ÉƨÉâ, ¸ÀĪÁé°.
Part II / 253252/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
CfÓ CdÓ¤UÉ PÀeÁÓAiÀÄ ªÀiÁrzÀ¼ÀÄ.
QnÖ PÉÆý ªÉÆmÉÖ vÀAzÀÄ PÉÆlÖ.
MAzÀÄ PÀtÂÚUÉ ̈ ÉuÉÚ, MAzÀÄ PÀtÂÚUÉ ̧ ÀÄtÚ.
¸Àħ⠺À§âzÀ UÀ¯ÁmÉ PÉý vÀ©â¨ÁâzÀ.
CªÀé ̧ ÀÄ«é ̧ ÀĪÀé¯Á° JAzÀÄ ºÁrzÀ¼ÀÄ.
Group II
Pï + PÀ = PÀÌ CPÀÌ
Uï + UÀ = UÀÎ ºÀUÀÎ
Zï + ZÀ = ZÀÑ ºÀÄZÀÑ
qï + qÀ = qÀØ zÀqÀØ
zï + zÀ = zÀÝ ¥ÉzÀÝ
¼ï + ¼À = ¼Àî PÀ¼Àî
¥ï + ¥À = ¥Àà vÀÄ¥Àà
¸ï + ¸À = ¸Àì §¸ÀÄì
ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ, ªÀÄUÀÎ, ªÉÄZÀÄÑ, UÀqÀØ, UÀzÀÝ®, ¸ÀļÀÄî, C¥Àà, ªÀÄ£À¸ÀÄì,
¸ÀPÀÌgÉ, £ÀÄUÉÎÃPÁ¬Ä, CZÀÑj, PÀqÁØAiÀÄ, ºÀzÀÄÝ, ¨É¼ÀÄî½î, PÀ¥ÀÄà.
CPÀÌ£À ªÀÄPÀ̽UÉ ZÀPÀÄÌ° ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
UÀÄUÀÄÎ vÀVÎ §VÎ £ÀqÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ PÀ°vÀ.
ºÀÄZÀÑ¥Àà ºÀÄZÀÄÑZÁÑV ªÀiÁvÁrzÀ.
zÀÄrØzÀݪÀ£ÀÄ §rØ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÀÆr¹ zÉÆqÀتÀ£ÁzÀ.
¥ÉzÀÝ ¥É¢Ý ªÀÄÄzÉÝ wAzÀÄ ©zÀÝA©Ã¼À NrzÀgÀÄ.
PÀ¼Àî ¸ÀļÀÄî ºÉýzÀ.
C¥Àà ºÀ¥Àà¼À wAzÀÄ ¸À¥Éà JAzÀgÀÄ.
£À£ÀUÉ vÀ¥À¸ÀÄì ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ ªÀÄ£À¸ÀÄì ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ.
Part II / 255254/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Group III
vï + vÀ = vÀÛ PÀvÀÛj
£ï + £À = £Àß PÀ£ÀßqÀ
ªÀiï + ªÀÄ = ªÀÄä vÀªÀÄä
AiÀiï + AiÀÄ = AiÀÄå CAiÀÄå
¯ï + ® = ®è ¨É®è
vÀÄvÀÆÛj, ªÀÄ£ÀßuÉ, ¸ÀĪÀÄä£É, PÀAiÀiÁågÉ, PÀ®Äè, PÀvÀÛ®Ä,
ªÀÄ£ÀßuÉ, ZÀªÀiÁägÀ, §AiÀÄÄå, PÀ®èAUÀr.
PÀvÉÛ §®èzÉ PÀ¸ÀÆÛjAiÀÄ ªÁ¸À£ÉAiÀÄ ?
§£Áßj C£Àß w£ÀßzÉ MAzÀÄ ªÁgÀ D¬ÄvÀÄ.
vÀªÀÄäAiÀÄå ¸ÀĪÀÄä ¸ÀĪÀÄä£É £ÀPÀÌ.
CªÀÄäAiÀÄå ªÀAiÀiÁågÀ¢AzÀ GAiÀiÁå¯ÉAiÀÄ°è PÀĽvÀ¼ÀÄ.
ªÀÄ°è ºÀt PÀ¼ÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ C°è E°è ºÀÄqÀÄQzÀ¼ÀÄ.
The secondary symbols are given below with directions. Û1 ß1
ä1
å1
è1
The homegeneous clusters of the consonants were introduced so far. Now let us see the heterogeneous clusters. Whenever the cluster is pronounced, the first pronounced letter will be the primary one and then followed is a secondary one.
eï + ªÀ = dé dégÀ
¨ï + d = §Ó PÀħÓ
µÀ + t = µÀÚ PÀȵÀÚ
Uï + § = Uïâ ªÁUÀâ®
eï + k = dÕ CdÕ
eÁé¯É, C§Ó, «µÀÄÚ, CPÀâgï, «eÁÕ¤, ¸ÀégÀ, ¸ÀȶÖ.
PÀȵÀÚ ¸Áé«ÄUÉ dégÀ §A¢zÉ.
«µÀÄÚ PÀȵÀÚ£ÁV CªÀvÀj¹zÀ.
D qÁPÀÖgÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á M¼ÉîAiÀĪÀgÀÄ.
vÀdÕgÁzÀ «eÁÕ¤UÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è EzÁÝgÉ.
vï + PÀ = vÀÌ ¸ÀvÁÌgÀ
qï + UÀ = qÀÎ RqÀÎ
±ï + ZÀ = ±ÀÑ ¤±ÀÑAiÀÄ
Zï + bÀ = ZÀÒ GZÀÒ
zï + zsÀ = zÀÞ GzÁÞgÀ
256/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Please note that the aspirated (mahaprana) consonant can never appear as primary consonant in a cluster. It always appears as secondary memeber.
£ÀªÀĸÁÌgÀ, GzÁÞgÀ, ¤µÉ×, GvÁÜ£À, ªÁUÁÝ£À, GzÀãªÀ, ¥ÀQë, GvÀìªÀ, ̧ ÀvÀá®, ¥À²ÑªÀÄ, GvÀàwÛ, ¥ÀĵÀà, vÀvÀìªÀÄ.
gÁdPÁgÀtÂUÀ¼ÀÄ §qÀªÀgÀ GzÁÞgÀzÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁrzÀgÀÄ.
¸ÀzÀÄÎgÀÄ ºÀÄZÀÄÑ GzÁÎgÀ vÉUÉzÀgÀÄ.
CªÀjUÉ ¸ÀvÁÌgÀ ªÀiÁrzÀgÉ £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¸ÀªÀĸÁÌgÀ ºÉüÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
CªÀ¼À GZÁÑgÀ PÉý ªÀÄ®AiÀiÁ½AiÉÄAzÀÄ ¤²Ñ¹zÉ.
¸ï + vÀ = vÀì GvÀìªÀ
Uï + £ÀÀ = UÀß ®UÀß
zï + ªÀÄ = zÀä ¥ÀzÀä
uï + AiÀÄ = tå £Átå
ªÀiï + gÀ = ªÀÄæ vÁªÀÄæ
gï + AiÀÄ = AiÀÄð gÀå ¸ÀÆAiÀÄð / ¸ÀÆgÀå
¥ÀæPÀÈw, gÀPÀÛ, gÀvÀß, gÀÄQätÂ, ¥ÀÄtå, PÁAiÀÄð
Note that gÀ has two secondary symbols.
Part II / 257
gÀ ð æ
occurs after the primary consonant in pronunciation eg.
taamra vÁªÀÄæ.
occurs before the primary consonant in pronunciation. eg. Surya ̧ ÀÆAiÀÄð. This can also be written as ̧ ÀÆgÀå.
but one must be careful in writing words like CgÀàuÉ
(C¥ÀðuÉ). If `gÀ' becomes smaller in size, then it looks
odd.
£ÀªÀÄä ̧ ÀÄvÀÛªÀÄÄvÀÛ gÀPÀÛ ¹PÀÛ ºÀ¸ÀÛUÀ¼Éà EªÉ.
gÀvÀß½UÉ ®UÀßzÀ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ.
¥ÀzÀä½UÉ ¥ÀgÀªÀiÁvÀä£À°è £ÀA©PÉ E®è.
¸ÀvÀå - C¸ÀvÀå, £ÁåAiÀÄ - C£ÁåAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ zÉêÀjUÉ UÉÆvÀÄÛ.
DªÀÄèd£ÀPÀ fêÀªÁAiÀÄÄ.
EAzÀæ ZÀAzÀæ ̧ ÉÃj vÁªÀÄæzÀ ZÉÆA§Ä vÀAzÀgÀÄ
¸ÀPÁðj D¦üù£À°è ªÀÄAiÀiÁðzɬÄAzÀ ªÀiÁvÁrzÀgÉ PÁAiÀÄðUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÉgÀªÉÃgÀĪÀÅ¢®è.
Three clusters are seen in Sanskrit borrowed words. But they are less in numbers. A few words are given below for example.
wÃPÀë÷Ú, C¸Ààø±Àå, ªÀÄvÀìöå, gÁµÀÖç
GzsÀéðUÁ«Ä, ̧ ÀA¸ÀÌøw, ¹ÛçÃ
258/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
æ
ð
Though the vowel sound occurs lost in a three consonant cluster unit like gÁµÀÖç, ¹Ûçà etc., the written representation has the vowel
symbol added to the first consonant and the other two written below the primary letter in the order in which they are pronounced.
Letters of the Kannada alphabet in the traditional order
ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯É
C D E F G H IÄ J K L M N O CA CB
PÀ R UÀ WÀ Y
ZÀ bÀ d gÀhÄ k
l oÀ qÀ qsÀ t
vÀ xÀ zÀ zsÀ £À
¥À ¥sÀ § ̈ sÀ ªÀÄ
AiÀÄ gÀ ® ªÀ ±À µÀ ̧ À ºÀ ¼À
`Y' is not introduced as it is not functional in its full form.
Lesson II /259
Top Related